1 #LyX 1.6.0rc1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is herby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10559 \begin_inset space ~
10566 as typewriter font.
10567 \begin_inset Newline newline
10570 The differences between roman,
10573 \begin_inset space ~
10582 fonts are explained in section
10583 \begin_inset space ~
10587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10589 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10594 \begin_inset Newline newline
10601 was originally designed for newspapers.
10602 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10603 into the small newspaper columns.
10608 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10611 \begin_layout Itemize
10612 The best solution is to use the
10621 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10626 In most cases they look the same as
10634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10635 One difference is improved kerning for the
10648 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10660 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10663 For the font size there are four possible values:
10680 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10683 \begin_layout Standard
10684 The font sizes are the
10689 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10690 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10691 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10700 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10701 \begin_inset space ~
10705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10707 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10719 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10731 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10732 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10733 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10735 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10738 dialog, see section
10739 \begin_inset space ~
10743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10745 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10757 \begin_layout Subsection
10758 Using Different Character Styles
10762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10783 certain paragraph environments.
10784 LyX supports two character styles,
10793 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10797 \begin_layout Standard
10802 style, do one of the following:
10805 \begin_layout Itemize
10806 click on the toolbar button
10807 \begin_inset Graphics
10808 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10815 \begin_layout Itemize
10816 use the key binding
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 These commands are all toggles.
10831 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10834 \begin_layout Standard
10835 One typically uses the
10839 style for proper names.
10841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10848 is the original author of LyX.
10849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10855 \begin_layout Standard
10856 A more widely used character style is the
10861 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10868 \begin_layout Itemize
10869 clicking on the toolbar button
10870 \begin_inset Graphics
10871 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10878 \begin_layout Itemize
10879 using the keybindings
10882 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10893 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10894 es use a different font.
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 We've been using the
10902 style all over the place in this document.
10903 Here's one more example:
10906 \begin_layout Quotation
10909 Don't overuse character styles!
10912 \begin_layout Standard
10913 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10914 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10915 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10916 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10920 \begin_layout Standard
10921 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10924 \begin_inset space ~
10931 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10933 \begin_inset space ~
10941 \begin_layout Subsection
10942 Fine-Tuning with the
10947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10949 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10966 \begin_layout Standard
10967 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10968 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10969 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10970 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10971 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10972 from ordinary dialog.
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10976 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10977 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10978 \begin_inset Newline newline
10981 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10982 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10985 \begin_layout Standard
10986 To use custom character styles, open the
10988 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 \begin_inset space ~
10996 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10997 font property which you can choose.
10998 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11001 \begin_inset space ~
11006 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11011 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11012 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11013 environments in a snap.
11016 \begin_layout Standard
11017 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11020 \begin_inset space ~
11032 \begin_layout Labeling
11033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11047 The possible options are:
11051 \begin_layout Labeling
11052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11057 This is the Roman font family.
11058 Normally a serif font.
11059 It's also the default family.
11064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11076 \begin_inset space ~
11085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11093 \begin_inset Note Note
11096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11097 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11098 It is explained in section
11099 \begin_inset space ~
11103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11105 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11117 \begin_layout Labeling
11118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11122 \begin_inset space ~
11129 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11148 \begin_inset space ~
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11167 \begin_layout Labeling
11168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11175 This is the Typewriter font family.
11182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11194 \begin_inset space ~
11203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11216 \begin_layout Labeling
11217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11222 This corresponds to the print weight.
11227 \begin_layout Labeling
11228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11233 This is the Medium font series.
11234 It's also the default series.
11237 \begin_layout Labeling
11238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11245 This is the Bold font series.
11252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11264 \begin_inset space ~
11273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11284 \begin_layout Labeling
11285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11290 As the name implies.
11295 \begin_layout Labeling
11296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11301 This is the Upright font shape.
11302 It's also the default shape.
11305 \begin_layout Labeling
11306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11320 s the Italic font shape
11326 \begin_layout Labeling
11327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11334 This is the Slanted font shape
11336 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11339 \begin_layout Labeling
11340 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11344 \begin_inset space ~
11351 This is the Small caps font shape
11358 \begin_layout Labeling
11359 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11364 Alters the size of the font.
11365 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11366 nal to the document font size.
11367 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11368 what you want to do.
11373 \begin_layout Labeling
11374 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11408 \begin_inset space ~
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11440 \begin_inset space ~
11449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11459 \begin_layout Labeling
11460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11494 \begin_inset space ~
11503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11513 \begin_layout Labeling
11514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 \begin_inset space ~
11557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11580 \begin_inset space ~
11589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11599 \begin_layout Labeling
11600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11634 \begin_inset space ~
11643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11666 \begin_inset space ~
11675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11700 It's also the default size.
11705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11749 \begin_inset space ~
11758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11803 \begin_inset space ~
11812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11835 \begin_inset space ~
11844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11889 \begin_inset space ~
11898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11921 \begin_inset space ~
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11940 \begin_layout Labeling
11941 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11975 \begin_inset space ~
11984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11994 \begin_layout Labeling
11995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12029 \begin_inset space ~
12038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12061 \begin_inset space ~
12070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12115 \begin_inset space ~
12124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12147 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12167 \begin_layout Standard
12172 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12173 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12174 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12175 - use that instead.
12176 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12185 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12190 \begin_layout Labeling
12191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12198 This is text with emphasize on
12201 This might seem like the same as
12205 , but it is actually a bit different.
12211 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12213 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12216 \begin_layout Labeling
12217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12224 This is text with Underbar on.
12231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12243 \begin_inset space ~
12252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12262 \begin_inset Newline newline
12267 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12268 when you couldn't change fonts.
12269 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12270 It's only included in LyX because some people
12274 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12277 \begin_layout Labeling
12278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12285 This is text with Noun on.
12292 , this is a logical attribute.
12293 Normally it's equivalent to
12296 \begin_inset space ~
12305 \begin_layout Labeling
12306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12311 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12312 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12316 \begin_inset space ~
12321 , which is the default
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12329 and means normally black, you can choose between
12365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12374 \begin_layout Labeling
12375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12380 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12381 the language of the document.
12382 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12386 \begin_layout Standard
12387 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12388 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12392 \begin_inset space ~
12397 dialog, the settings are saved.
12398 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12399 \begin_inset Graphics
12400 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12405 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12406 when the dialog isn't visible.
12410 \begin_layout Standard
12411 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12414 \begin_inset space ~
12420 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12421 (suppose you just set the shape to
12422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12440 \begin_inset space ~
12452 \begin_layout Standard
12453 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12461 \begin_inset space ~
12473 \begin_layout Itemize
12479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12486 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12504 \begin_inset Newline newline
12511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12536 \begin_inset Note Note
12539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12540 For more on phantoms see section
12541 \begin_inset space ~
12545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12547 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12557 \begin_inset Newline newline
12563 \begin_layout Itemize
12568 fonts use characters with serifs.
12569 These are the small
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12577 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12578 The following example will show the difference:
12579 \begin_inset Newline newline
12583 \begin_inset Newline newline
12588 text without serifs
12591 \begin_inset Newline newline
12594 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12595 They are therefore used as default font (named
12602 \begin_layout Itemize
12608 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12609 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12614 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12617 \begin_layout Section
12618 Printing and Previewing
12621 \begin_layout Subsection
12625 \begin_layout Standard
12626 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12627 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12628 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12629 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12630 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12633 \begin_inset space ~
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12643 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12644 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12645 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12646 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12647 This happens in two stages:
12650 \begin_layout Enumerate
12651 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12652 generating a file with the extension,
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12667 \begin_layout Enumerate
12668 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12672 file to produce printable output.
12676 \begin_layout Subsection
12677 Output file formats
12681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12690 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12703 File formats ! ASCII
12711 \begin_layout Standard
12712 This file type has the extension
12713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12725 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12729 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12739 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12752 File formats ! LaTeX
12760 \begin_layout Standard
12761 This file type has the extension
12762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12773 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12775 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12776 it manually with console commands.
12777 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12778 you view or export your document.
12781 \begin_layout Standard
12782 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12784 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12785 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12816 \begin_layout Standard
12817 This file type has the extension
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12838 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12839 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12840 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12842 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12855 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12856 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12861 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12862 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12863 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12864 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12867 \begin_layout Standard
12868 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12870 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12871 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12883 File formats ! PostScript
12891 \begin_layout Standard
12892 This file type has the extension
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12905 PostScript was developed by the company
12909 as printer language.
12910 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12912 PostScript can be seen as
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12916 programming language
12917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12920 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12925 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12935 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12945 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12948 \begin_layout Standard
12949 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12953 Encapsulated PostScript
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12957 (EPS, file extension
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12970 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12971 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12972 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12973 whenever you view or export your document.
12974 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12975 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12976 EPS to avoid this problem.
12979 \begin_layout Standard
12980 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12982 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12983 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13013 \begin_layout Standard
13014 This file type has the extension
13015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 Portable Document Format
13032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13035 (PDF) is developed by
13039 as derivative from PostScript.
13040 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13050 looks exactly the same.
13053 \begin_layout Standard
13054 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 (JPG, file extension
13063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13090 Portable Network Graphics
13091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13094 (PNG, file extension
13095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13107 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13108 in the background to one of these formats.
13109 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13110 will slow down your workflow.
13111 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13114 \begin_layout Standard
13115 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13117 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13120 in three different ways:
13123 \begin_layout Description
13124 PDF This uses the program
13128 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13129 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13133 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13134 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13137 \begin_layout Description
13139 \begin_inset space ~
13142 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13146 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13150 \begin_layout Description
13152 \begin_inset space ~
13155 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13159 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13162 \begin_layout Standard
13163 We recommend to use
13166 \begin_inset space ~
13175 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13181 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13184 \begin_layout Subsection
13189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13198 \begin_layout Standard
13199 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13200 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13204 and choose a file type.
13205 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13208 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13211 you can use the toolbar button
13212 \begin_inset Graphics
13213 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13223 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13225 \begin_inset space ~
13231 \begin_inset Graphics
13232 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13238 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13242 \begin_inset Graphics
13243 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13254 \begin_layout Standard
13255 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13256 viewer window using the menu
13258 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13267 To have a real output, export your document.
13270 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 Printing the File from within LyX
13272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13274 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13281 \begin_layout Standard
13282 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13283 it directly from within LyX.
13284 To print a file, select the menu
13286 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13289 or click on the toolbar button
13290 \begin_inset Graphics
13291 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13296 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13297 This file is then processed by the program
13301 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13306 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13309 \begin_layout Standard
13310 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13311 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13312 printing one set to print on the other side.
13313 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13314 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13315 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13318 \begin_layout Standard
13319 You can set the parameters in the
13322 \begin_inset space ~
13330 \begin_layout Labeling
13331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13336 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13341 Note that this printer name is for the program
13350 has to be configured for this printer name.
13351 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13352 \begin_inset space ~
13356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13358 reference "sub:Printer"
13367 The printer should understand PostScript.
13370 \begin_layout Labeling
13371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13376 The name of a file to print to.
13377 The output will be a PostScript file.
13378 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13382 \begin_layout Section
13383 A few Words about Typography
13387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13396 \begin_layout Subsection
13401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13408 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13417 \begin_layout Standard
13419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13430 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13445 \begin_layout Enumerate
13447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13469 \begin_layout Enumerate
13471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13506 \begin_layout Enumerate
13508 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13512 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13556 \begin_layout Enumerate
13558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13562 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13566 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13585 You generate them by inserting the
13586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13597 character multiple times in a row.
13598 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13599 final output, but not in LyX.
13602 \begin_layout Standard
13603 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13604 math mode and has a length of its own.
13605 Here are some examples of the
13606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13620 \begin_layout Enumerate
13621 line- and page-breaks
13622 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13632 \begin_layout Enumerate
13634 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13644 \begin_layout Enumerate
13645 Oh --- there's a dash.
13646 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13656 \begin_layout Enumerate
13657 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13671 \begin_layout Subsection
13676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13685 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13692 \begin_layout Standard
13693 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13694 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13703 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13708 following the rules of the document language
13712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13713 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13721 \begin_inset space ~
13725 \begin_inset space ~
13732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13749 and with unusual constructs, like
13750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13758 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13759 This is done with the menu
13761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13762 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13764 \begin_inset space ~
13770 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13771 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13776 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13777 a hyphen and a space in the form
13778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13786 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13794 as hyphenation possibility.
13795 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13796 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13797 of the LaTeX-box-command
13803 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13804 As LyX doesn't support
13810 , we have to use TeX Code.
13811 The result looks in LyX like:
13814 \begin_layout Standard
13815 \begin_inset Graphics
13816 filename clipart/mbox.png
13823 \begin_layout Standard
13824 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13825 \begin_inset space ~
13829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13831 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13838 \begin_layout Subsection
13843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13853 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13856 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13864 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13865 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13866 LaTeX then adds the
13867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13870 appropriate amount of space
13871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13875 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13877 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13880 \begin_layout Standard
13881 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13895 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13896 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 Here are some examples of
13904 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13907 \begin_layout Itemize
13912 \begin_layout Itemize
13917 \begin_layout Standard
13918 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13921 \begin_layout Itemize
13924 this is too much space!
13927 \begin_layout Itemize
13932 \begin_layout Standard
13933 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13937 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13940 \begin_layout Enumerate
13944 \begin_inset space ~
13949 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13950 \begin_inset space ~
13954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13956 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13965 Spaces ! inter-word
13973 \begin_layout Enumerate
13977 \begin_inset space ~
13982 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13983 \begin_inset space ~
13987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13989 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14006 \begin_layout Enumerate
14010 \begin_inset space ~
14014 \begin_inset space ~
14018 \begin_inset space ~
14025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14027 \begin_inset space ~
14032 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14033 This function is also bound to
14040 \begin_layout Standard
14041 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14044 \begin_layout Itemize
14046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14050 \begin_inset space \space{}
14053 this is too much space!
14056 \begin_layout Itemize
14057 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14062 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14063 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14064 LaTeX will care about this.
14067 \begin_layout Standard
14068 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14072 \begin_inset space ~
14077 feature described in section
14088 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14094 Typography ! Quotes
14103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14141 \begin_layout Standard
14142 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14143 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14144 and use a closing quote at the end.
14146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 The keyboard character,
14158 , generates this automatically.
14161 \begin_layout Standard
14162 You can change the behavior of the
14166 key using the submenu
14172 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14180 Document ! Settings
14188 \begin_layout Standard
14189 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14194 There are six choices:
14197 \begin_layout Labeling
14198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14210 Use quotes like this
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14219 \begin_inset Quotes els
14223 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14229 \begin_layout Labeling
14230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14233 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14237 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14243 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14247 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14251 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14257 \begin_layout Labeling
14258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14261 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14265 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14271 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14275 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14279 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14283 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14289 \begin_layout Labeling
14290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14293 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14297 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14303 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14307 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14311 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14315 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14321 \begin_layout Labeling
14322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14325 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14329 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14335 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14339 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14343 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14347 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14353 \begin_layout Labeling
14354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14357 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14361 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14367 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14371 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14375 \begin_inset Quotes als
14379 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14386 These settings affects what character the
14393 \begin_layout Subsection
14398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 Typography ! Ligatures
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14439 name "sub:Ligatures"
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14447 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14448 print them as single characters.
14449 These groups are known as
14454 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14456 Here are the standard ligatures:
14459 \begin_layout Itemize
14463 \begin_layout Itemize
14467 \begin_layout Itemize
14471 \begin_layout Itemize
14475 \begin_layout Itemize
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14480 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14483 \begin_layout Standard
14484 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14485 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14493 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14509 To break a ligature, use
14511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14514 \begin_inset space ~
14521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14532 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 \begin_layout Subsection
14562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14571 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14579 You have surely noticed, that the word
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14587 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14588 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14589 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_inset Note Note
14612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14621 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14622 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14627 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14631 \begin_layout Description
14632 LyX The name of the game, write
14633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 \begin_layout Description
14655 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 \begin_layout Description
14678 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14700 \begin_layout Description
14701 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14737 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14738 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14739 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14742 : The actual version is
14743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14750 , the previous one was
14751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 \begin_layout Standard
14762 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14763 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14765 This will look in LyX like:
14766 \begin_inset Graphics
14767 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14772 \begin_inset Newline newline
14775 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14782 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14789 \begin_layout Subsection
14794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14805 space between two words.
14806 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14816 for units use the menu
14818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14819 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14834 Here's an example to show the differences:
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14838 \begin_inset Tabular
14839 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14841 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14842 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 \begin_inset space ~
14853 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14865 space between number and unit
14872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14881 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14893 half space between number and unit
14906 \begin_layout Subsection
14911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14912 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14928 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14930 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14931 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14932 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14933 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14934 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14935 These bits of text became known as
14946 \begin_layout Standard
14947 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14948 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14949 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14950 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14951 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14952 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14953 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14956 \begin_layout Standard
14957 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14958 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14959 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14960 \begin_inset space ~
14964 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14966 key "latexcompanion"
14971 \begin_inset space ~
14975 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14981 ] may have more information.
14982 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14985 \begin_layout Chapter
14986 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14989 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14996 \begin_layout Standard
14997 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15002 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15005 \begin_layout Section
15010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15030 \begin_layout Description
15032 \begin_inset space ~
15035 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15036 \begin_inset Newline newline
15040 \begin_inset Note Note
15043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15052 \begin_layout Description
15053 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15054 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15056 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15057 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15058 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15061 \begin_inset Newline newline
15065 \begin_inset Note Comment
15068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15069 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15077 \begin_layout Description
15079 \begin_inset space ~
15082 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15083 \begin_inset Newline newline
15087 \begin_inset Newline newline
15091 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15100 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15101 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15102 How this can be done is explained in the
15111 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15117 \begin_inset Newline newline
15121 \begin_inset Newline newline
15124 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15125 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15128 \begin_layout Standard
15129 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15130 \begin_inset Graphics
15131 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15133 scaleBeforeRotation
15139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15143 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15146 \begin_layout Section
15151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15158 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15160 name "sec:Footnotes"
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15168 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15174 or the toolbar button
15175 \begin_inset Graphics
15176 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15189 \begin_inset Graphics
15190 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15199 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15228 label, the box will
15232 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15233 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15246 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15263 Here's an example footnote:
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15272 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15280 \begin_layout Standard
15281 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15282 position where the footnote box is placed.
15283 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15284 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15285 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15286 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15287 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15292 ey are described in the
15299 \begin_layout Section
15304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15313 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15321 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15322 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15326 \begin_inset space ~
15331 or the toolbar button
15332 \begin_inset Graphics
15333 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15360 appearing within your text.
15361 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15370 \begin_layout Standard
15371 At the side is an example marginal note.
15375 \begin_inset Marginal
15378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15379 This is a marginal note.
15387 \begin_layout Standard
15388 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15389 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15390 pages, right on odd pages.
15393 \begin_layout Section
15394 Graphics and Images
15398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15417 name "sec:Graphics"
15424 \begin_layout Standard
15425 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15426 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15427 \begin_inset Graphics
15428 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15438 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15442 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15447 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15448 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15450 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15451 \begin_inset space ~
15455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15457 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15464 \begin_layout Standard
15469 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15470 of the image in the output.
15471 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15496 \begin_inset space ~
15501 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15502 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15513 LaTeX and LyX options
15515 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15516 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15520 \begin_inset space ~
15525 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15526 with the image size is printed.
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15534 \begin_inset space ~
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15543 is explained in the
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15555 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15556 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15558 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15562 \begin_layout Standard
15564 \begin_inset Graphics
15565 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15567 rotateOrigin center
15574 \begin_layout Standard
15575 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15576 the image into a float, see section
15577 \begin_inset space ~
15581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15583 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15590 \begin_layout Subsection
15595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15604 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15611 \begin_layout Standard
15612 You can insert images in any known file format.
15613 But as we explained in section
15614 \begin_inset space ~
15618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15620 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15624 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15625 LyX uses therefore the program
15629 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15630 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15631 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15632 \begin_inset space ~
15636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15638 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15646 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15649 \begin_layout Description
15651 \begin_inset space ~
15654 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15655 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15656 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15660 Graphics Interchange Format
15661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15664 (GIF, file extension
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15712 Portable Network Graphics
15713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 (PNG, file extension
15717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15768 (JPG, file extension
15769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_layout Description
15829 \begin_inset space ~
15832 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15834 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15835 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15836 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15837 \begin_inset Newline newline
15840 Scalable image formats can be
15841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15844 Scalable Vector Graphics
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15848 (SVG, file extension
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15896 Encapsulated PostScript
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15900 (EPS, file extension
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 Portable Document Format
15949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15952 (PDF, file extension
15953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15976 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15977 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15992 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15996 \begin_layout Subsection
15997 Grouping of Image Settings
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16002 Images ! Settings grouping
16010 \begin_layout Standard
16011 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16013 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16014 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16016 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16017 need to manually change each of them.
16021 \begin_layout Standard
16022 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16025 \begin_inset space ~
16029 \begin_inset space ~
16034 field in the Graphics dialog.
16035 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16036 by checking the name of the desired group.
16039 \begin_layout Section
16044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16060 \begin_layout Standard
16061 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16062 \begin_inset Graphics
16063 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16074 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16075 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16076 from the rest of the table.
16077 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16078 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16080 Here's an example table:
16083 \begin_layout Standard
16085 \begin_inset Tabular
16086 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 \begin_layout Subsection
16295 \begin_layout Standard
16296 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16297 brings up the table dialog.
16298 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16299 where the cursor is placed currently.
16300 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16301 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16302 done on all of your selection.
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16306 Additionally to the table dialog the
16309 \begin_inset space ~
16314 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16316 It is for example currently only possible to add
16317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16324 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16331 \begin_inset space ~
16336 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16337 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16338 current cell respectively.
16339 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16341 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16342 of text, see section
16343 \begin_inset space ~
16347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16349 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16363 This will merge the cells to
16367 cell, spread over more than one column.
16368 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16369 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16370 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16371 in the last row without the upper border:
16374 \begin_layout Standard
16376 \begin_inset Tabular
16377 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16378 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16380 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16393 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16514 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16515 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16516 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16517 explained in the tables section of the
16520 \begin_inset space ~
16526 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16527 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16530 degrees counterclockwise.
16531 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16534 \begin_layout Standard
16535 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 Most DVI-viewers are
16547 able to display rotations.
16555 \begin_layout Standard
16560 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16565 adds lines for all cell borders.
16568 \begin_layout Subsection
16573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 Tables ! Longtables
16583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16592 \begin_layout Standard
16593 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16596 \begin_inset space ~
16600 \begin_inset space ~
16609 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16610 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16613 \begin_layout Description
16618 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16619 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16620 except for the first page, if
16623 \begin_inset space ~
16631 \begin_layout Description
16635 \begin_inset space ~
16640 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16641 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16644 \begin_layout Description
16649 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16650 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16651 except for the last page, if
16654 \begin_inset space ~
16662 \begin_layout Description
16666 \begin_inset space ~
16671 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16672 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16675 \begin_layout Description
16676 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16677 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16683 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16686 \begin_inset space ~
16694 \begin_layout Standard
16695 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16696 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16697 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16698 The others will then be defined as
16703 In this context, first means first in this order:
16706 \begin_inset space ~
16718 \begin_inset space ~
16724 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16729 \begin_inset Tabular
16730 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16731 <features islongtable="true">
16732 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16733 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16734 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16735 <row endfirsthead="true">
16736 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16747 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16766 <row endfirsthead="true">
16767 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 <row endhead="true">
16800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <row endhead="true">
16831 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <row endfoot="true">
16864 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17885 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 <row endlastfoot="true">
18846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18883 \begin_layout Subsection
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18897 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18904 \begin_layout Standard
18905 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18906 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18907 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18908 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18912 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18913 for the cell's paragraph.
18916 \begin_layout Standard
18917 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18918 for the column in the table dialog.
18919 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18920 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18926 \begin_inset Tabular
18927 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18930 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18951 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 This is longer now.
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19133 This is longer now.
19138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 \begin_layout Standard
19165 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19166 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19167 Selection with the mouse or with
19171 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19172 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19173 the selection from outside the table.
19176 \begin_layout Section
19181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19197 \begin_layout Standard
19198 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19199 have a fixed location.
19201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19208 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19216 \begin_inset space ~
19221 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19222 too much notes at the page.
19225 \begin_layout Standard
19226 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19227 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19228 and pages without text.
19229 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19230 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19231 Floats are therefore numbered.
19232 Referencing is described in section
19233 \begin_inset space ~
19237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19239 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19246 \begin_layout Standard
19247 To insert a float, use the menu
19249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19253 A box with a caption that has e.
19254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19258 \begin_inset space ~
19262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19266 \begin_inset space ~
19270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19273 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19274 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19276 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19287 paragraph within the float.
19288 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19289 by left-clicking on the box label.
19290 A closed float box looks like this:
19291 \begin_inset Graphics
19292 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19297 -- a gray button with a red label.
19300 \begin_layout Standard
19301 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19302 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19305 \begin_layout Subsection
19309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 Floats ! Figure floats
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19323 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19334 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19337 inserts a float with the label
19338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19344 \begin_inset space ~
19350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19354 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19355 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19356 This is what we did for Figure
19357 \begin_inset space ~
19361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19363 reference "cap:Platypus"
19368 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19369 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19370 This was done in Figure
19371 \begin_inset space ~
19375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19377 reference "cap:Escher"
19384 \begin_layout Standard
19385 \begin_inset Float figure
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19392 \begin_inset Graphics
19393 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19395 rotateOrigin center
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19403 \begin_inset Caption
19405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19408 name "cap:Platypus"
19412 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19425 \begin_layout Standard
19426 \begin_inset Float figure
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 \begin_inset Caption
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19452 \begin_inset Graphics
19453 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19455 rotateOrigin center
19467 \begin_layout Standard
19468 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19470 As described in section
19471 \begin_inset space ~
19475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19477 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19481 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19486 and refer to it using the menu
19488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19492 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19501 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19513 \begin_layout Standard
19514 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19515 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19516 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19517 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19519 \begin_inset space ~
19523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19525 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19529 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19530 You can also set the images one below the other.
19532 \begin_inset space ~
19536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19538 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19545 reference "fig:Platypus"
19549 are the subfigures.
19552 \begin_layout Standard
19553 \begin_inset Float figure
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19563 \begin_inset Float figure
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 \begin_inset Caption
19571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19574 name "fig:Undefinable"
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19587 \begin_inset Graphics
19588 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19599 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19603 \begin_inset Float figure
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19609 \begin_inset Caption
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19614 name "fig:Platypus"
19626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 \begin_inset Graphics
19628 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 \begin_inset Caption
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19652 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19656 Two distorted images.
19669 \begin_layout Standard
19670 Note that the caption is added to the
19673 \begin_inset space ~
19677 \begin_inset space ~
19682 as described in section
19683 \begin_inset space ~
19687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19689 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19696 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19702 Floats ! Table floats
19708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19710 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19717 \begin_layout Standard
19718 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19720 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19721 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19725 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19728 \begin_inset space ~
19732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19734 reference "cap:Table-float"
19738 is an example of a table float.
19741 \begin_layout Standard
19742 \begin_inset Float table
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 \begin_inset Caption
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19753 name "cap:Table-float"
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19767 \begin_inset Tabular
19768 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19771 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19899 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19922 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19943 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19978 \begin_layout Standard
19979 This float type is inserted with the menu
19981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19982 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19986 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19987 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19991 , described in section
19992 \begin_inset space ~
19996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19998 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20005 \begin_layout Standard
20006 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20014 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20020 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20023 \begin_layout Standard
20028 floatname{algorithm}{your
20029 \begin_inset space ~
20035 \begin_layout Standard
20036 to the document preamble (menu
20038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20045 \begin_inset space ~
20051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20065 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20079 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20087 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 \begin_inset Graphics
20096 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20098 rotateOrigin center
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20106 \begin_inset Caption
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20111 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20115 This is a wrapped figure.
20116 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20129 This float type is used if you want to
20130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20137 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20139 It can be inserted using the menu
20141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20142 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20144 \begin_inset space ~
20149 if the LaTeX-package
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20158 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20168 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20171 \begin_inset space ~
20181 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20184 \begin_inset space ~
20188 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20190 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20194 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 Available units are explained in Appendix
20204 \begin_inset space ~
20208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20210 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20219 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20223 \begin_layout Standard
20224 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20233 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20234 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20235 over some other text.
20243 \begin_layout Itemize
20244 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20245 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20246 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20247 breaks will appear.
20250 \begin_layout Itemize
20251 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20252 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20255 \begin_layout Itemize
20256 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20257 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20260 \begin_layout Itemize
20261 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20264 \begin_layout Subsection
20266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20268 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20287 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20300 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20301 have a multi-column document).
20302 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20305 \begin_inset space ~
20311 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20312 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20319 \begin_layout Standard
20320 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20321 format is also the same: Table
20322 \begin_inset space ~
20326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20328 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20332 is an example of a rotated table float.
20335 \begin_layout Standard
20336 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20344 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20352 \begin_layout Standard
20353 \begin_inset Float table
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20359 \begin_inset Caption
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20364 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 \begin_inset Tabular
20379 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20382 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 \begin_layout Subsection
20447 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20449 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20466 \begin_layout Standard
20467 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20468 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20469 \begin_inset Newline newline
20475 \begin_inset space ~
20480 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20481 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20483 \begin_inset Newline newline
20489 \begin_inset space ~
20494 is used to rotate floats, see section
20495 \begin_inset space ~
20499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20501 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20510 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20513 \begin_inset space ~
20517 \begin_inset space ~
20525 \begin_layout Description
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20534 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20537 \begin_layout Description
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20543 \begin_inset space ~
20546 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20549 \begin_layout Description
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20555 \begin_inset space ~
20558 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20561 \begin_layout Description
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20567 \begin_inset space ~
20570 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20573 \begin_layout Standard
20574 The order of the above option is
20579 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20583 \begin_inset space ~
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_inset space ~
20599 \begin_inset space ~
20604 , and then the others.
20605 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20607 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20608 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20612 By default, each options has its own rules:
20615 \begin_layout Standard
20619 \begin_inset space ~
20623 \begin_inset space ~
20628 only floats occupying less than 70
20629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20632 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20635 \begin_layout Standard
20639 \begin_inset space ~
20643 \begin_inset space ~
20648 : only floats occupying less than 30
20649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20652 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20663 \begin_inset space ~
20668 : only if more than 50
20669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20672 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20676 \begin_layout Standard
20677 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20685 \begin_inset space ~
20693 \begin_layout Standard
20694 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20695 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20696 For this case you can use the option
20699 \begin_inset space ~
20705 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20707 Because the float is then no longer able to
20708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20715 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20718 \begin_layout Standard
20719 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20720 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20723 \begin_layout Standard
20724 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20726 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20728 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20735 \begin_layout Section
20740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20749 name "sec:Minipages"
20756 \begin_layout Standard
20757 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20759 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20760 \begin_inset space ~
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20774 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20775 and its alignment within the page.
20778 \begin_layout Standard
20780 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20789 height_special "totalheight"
20792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20795 This is a minipage.
20796 The text is set in an italic style.
20799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20803 another formatting.
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20812 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20815 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20819 as described in section
20820 \begin_inset space ~
20824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20826 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20837 \begin_layout Standard
20838 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20847 height_special "totalheight"
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20851 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20852 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20858 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20862 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20871 height_special "totalheight"
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20876 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20884 \begin_layout Standard
20885 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20891 \begin_layout Standard
20892 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20893 to other box types.
20894 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20905 \begin_layout Chapter
20906 Mathematical Formulas
20910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20951 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20958 \begin_layout Standard
20959 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20964 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20967 \begin_layout Section
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 \begin_layout Standard
20982 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20983 \begin_inset Graphics
20984 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20989 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20991 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20992 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20993 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21001 \begin_layout Standard
21002 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21006 \begin_inset space ~
21011 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21015 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21016 line, like this one:
21019 \begin_layout Standard
21020 This is a line with an inline formula
21021 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21027 \begin_layout Standard
21028 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21030 \begin_inset Formula \[
21035 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21038 \begin_layout Standard
21039 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21055 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21056 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21060 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21063 \begin_inset space ~
21071 \begin_layout Subsection
21072 Navigating in Formulas
21076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21085 \begin_layout Standard
21086 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21087 achieved with the arrow keys.
21088 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21089 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21094 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21095 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21099 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21103 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21105 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21113 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21118 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21119 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21127 , printed in this document as
21128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21149 \begin_inset Note Note
21152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21153 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21154 space character (visible space).
21159 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21160 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21161 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21166 For example, if you want
21167 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 , since in the latter case only the
21224 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21229 will be under the square root sign:
21230 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21236 \begin_layout Standard
21237 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21239 \begin_inset Formula \[
21240 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21243 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21247 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21248 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21251 \begin_layout Subsection
21255 \begin_layout Standard
21256 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21257 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21261 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21262 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21263 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21264 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21265 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21268 \begin_layout Subsection
21269 Exponents and Subscripts
21273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21292 \begin_layout Standard
21293 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21294 way is to use a command.
21296 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21299 , type in a formula
21305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21321 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21327 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21331 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21361 , you have to use an extra
21365 to separate the hat and the character.
21368 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21389 Subscripts are similar: To get
21390 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21413 \begin_layout Subsection
21418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428 Create a fraction with either the command
21435 \begin_inset Graphics
21436 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21444 \begin_inset space ~
21450 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21451 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21452 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21457 To move back up, press
21462 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21463 \begin_inset Formula \[
21464 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21466 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21473 \begin_layout Subsection
21478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21487 \begin_layout Standard
21488 Roots can be created using the
21491 \begin_inset space ~
21497 \begin_inset Graphics
21498 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21521 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21527 produces always a square root.
21530 \begin_layout Subsection
21531 Operators with Limits
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21554 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21561 \begin_layout Standard
21563 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21567 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21570 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21571 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21572 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21573 The sum operator will automatically place its
21574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21581 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21584 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21588 \begin_inset Formula \[
21589 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21593 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21600 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21601 behind the operator and hitting
21607 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21608 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21610 \begin_inset space ~
21614 \begin_inset space ~
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21623 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21631 feature as addition, such as
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21642 \begin_inset Formula \[
21643 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21647 which will place the
21648 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21660 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21661 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21667 \begin_layout Standard
21668 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21675 Have a look at section
21676 \begin_inset space ~
21680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21682 reference "sub:Functions"
21686 for an explanation of function macros.
21689 \begin_layout Subsection
21694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21703 \begin_layout Standard
21704 Most math symbols can be found in the
21707 \begin_inset space ~
21712 under one of several categories; including
21729 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21733 \begin_layout Standard
21734 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21735 you don't have to use the
21738 \begin_inset space ~
21743 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21744 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21747 \begin_layout Subsection
21752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21761 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21769 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21778 \begin_inset space ~
21784 \begin_inset Graphics
21785 filename ../images/math/space.png
21790 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21791 Here a example for the sequence
21796 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21800 \begin_inset Graphics
21801 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21806 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21807 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21808 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21809 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21814 \begin_layout Standard
21824 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21840 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21846 \begin_layout Subsection
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21860 name "sub:Functions"
21867 \begin_layout Standard
21871 \begin_inset space ~
21876 contains under the button
21877 \begin_inset Graphics
21878 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21882 a number of functions, such as
21883 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21887 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21895 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21902 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21903 avoid confusions, because
21904 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21908 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21914 \begin_layout Standard
21915 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21917 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21921 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21927 \begin_layout Standard
21928 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21929 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21930 \begin_inset space ~
21934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21936 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21943 \begin_layout Subsection
21948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21957 \begin_layout Standard
21958 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21960 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21961 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21963 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21966 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21967 Our example is entered by typing
21975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21988 \begin_inset space ~
21992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21994 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21998 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 \begin_inset Float table
22007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22008 \begin_inset Caption
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22013 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22017 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22027 \begin_inset Tabular
22028 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22116 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22224 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22278 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22332 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22386 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22440 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22494 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22548 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22593 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22618 \begin_inset space ~
22624 \begin_inset Graphics
22625 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22629 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22633 \begin_layout Section
22634 Brackets and Delimiters
22638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22657 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22664 \begin_layout Standard
22665 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22666 For most purposes, using just the keys
22671 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22672 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22675 \begin_inset space ~
22681 \begin_inset Graphics
22682 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22687 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22689 \begin_inset Formula \[
22690 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22692 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22696 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22697 \begin_inset Formula \[
22698 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22705 \begin_layout Standard
22706 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22707 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22711 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22712 left side and right side.
22713 If you use the option
22716 \begin_inset space ~
22721 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22722 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22723 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22724 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22727 \begin_layout Standard
22728 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22729 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22730 inside the brackets.
22731 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22736 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22739 \begin_layout Standard
22740 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22751 \begin_layout Section
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22765 name "sec:Grouping"
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22774 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22786 \begin_inset Formula \[
22787 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22794 \begin_layout Standard
22795 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22810 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22811 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22812 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22815 \begin_layout Section
22816 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22841 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22850 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22853 \begin_inset space ~
22859 \begin_inset Graphics
22860 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22865 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22866 Here is an example:
22867 \begin_inset Formula \[
22868 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22871 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22875 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22876 \begin_inset space ~
22880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22882 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22887 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22888 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22889 This alignment is set in the box
22894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22942 for every column as default.
22943 For example, the sequence
22944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22955 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22956 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22957 corresponds to the relevant column.
22958 The result will look like this:
22959 \begin_inset Formula \[
22961 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22962 column & has & has\, right\\
22963 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22970 \begin_layout Standard
22971 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22975 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22976 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22985 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22986 It can be created with the menu
22988 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22989 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22991 \begin_inset space ~
23004 \begin_inset Formula \[
23008 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23019 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23027 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23036 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23044 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23045 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23046 A new row is created by every further hit of
23054 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23055 Here is an example:
23056 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23057 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23058 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23062 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23063 where you want to start the shift and hit
23068 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23069 position to the next column.
23070 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23071 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23072 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23073 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23080 \begin_layout Standard
23081 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23088 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23089 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23092 reference "eq:asquared"
23097 The other types are described in section
23098 \begin_inset space ~
23102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23104 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23111 \begin_layout Section
23112 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23117 Math ! Formula numbering
23126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23127 Math ! Referencing formulas
23133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23135 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23143 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23145 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23146 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23148 \begin_inset space ~
23156 \begin_inset space ~
23162 The formula number appears in LyX as
23163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23170 within parentheses.
23172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23179 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23181 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23182 the document class.
23183 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23184 separated by a dot:
23185 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23186 1+1=2\end{equation}
23193 \begin_inset space ~
23198 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23199 You can only number displayed formulas.
23202 \begin_layout Standard
23203 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23205 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23206 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23208 \begin_inset space ~
23212 \begin_inset space ~
23216 \begin_inset space ~
23224 \begin_inset space ~
23229 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23230 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23232 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23233 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23237 To number all lines use the shortcut
23240 \begin_inset space ~
23248 \begin_layout Standard
23249 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23252 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23253 A label is inserted with the menu
23255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23258 when the cursor is in the formula.
23259 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23260 It is recommended to use the proposed
23261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23272 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23273 type when you have many labels in your document.
23274 We inserted in the following example the label
23275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23282 in the second line:
23283 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23284 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23285 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23289 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23290 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23300 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23302 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23304 \begin_inset space ~
23310 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23311 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23312 as the formula number:
23315 \begin_layout Standard
23316 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23319 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23326 \begin_layout Standard
23327 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23328 \begin_inset space ~
23332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23334 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23339 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23345 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23358 \begin_layout Section
23359 User defined math macros
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23372 name "sec:math-macros"
23379 \begin_layout Standard
23380 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23381 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23382 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23384 \begin_inset Newline newline
23387 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23388 \begin_inset Formula \[
23389 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23393 The general form of its solution is:
23394 \begin_inset Formula \[
23395 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23403 The macro should print the parameters
23404 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23408 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23412 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23415 like in the equation above.
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 A macro is created by executing the command
23422 \begin_layout Standard
23429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 \begin_inset space ~
23456 \begin_inset space ~
23462 \begin_layout Standard
23463 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23464 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23465 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23466 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23470 \begin_layout Standard
23471 We have three arguments and name the macro
23472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23479 , so that the command is:
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_layout Standard
23515 This results in the following macro definition box:
23516 \begin_inset Graphics
23517 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23522 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23523 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23524 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23528 \begin_inset Note Note
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23532 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23533 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23541 \begin_layout Standard
23542 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23543 the math panel or commands.
23544 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23545 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23556 for the first argument.
23557 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23558 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23559 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23560 in LyX with its full size.
23561 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23562 In our example we insert the sequence
23563 \begin_inset Newline newline
23591 \begin_inset Newline newline
23596 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23599 \begin_layout Standard
23600 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23615 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23618 \begin_layout Standard
23620 \begin_inset Graphics
23621 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23628 \begin_layout Standard
23629 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23630 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23631 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23632 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23633 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23636 \begin_layout Standard
23637 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23638 to the new definition.
23639 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23640 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23644 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23648 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23652 \begin_inset Formula \[
23660 \begin_layout Standard
23661 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23665 \begin_layout Standard
23679 \begin_inset Newline newline
23686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23712 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23715 \begin_layout Standard
23716 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23717 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23718 definition box in your document.
23719 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23721 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23723 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23728 \begin_layout Section
23732 \begin_layout Subsection
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23746 \begin_layout Standard
23747 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23748 To set a font in a formula, use the
23751 \begin_inset space ~
23757 \begin_inset Graphics
23758 filename ../images/math/font.png
23762 , or enter its command, listed in table
23763 \begin_inset space ~
23767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23769 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23776 \begin_layout Standard
23777 \begin_inset Float table
23782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23783 \begin_inset Caption
23785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23788 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23792 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23802 \begin_inset Tabular
23803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23865 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23892 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23925 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23952 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23979 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24013 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24040 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24074 \begin_layout Standard
24075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24083 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24099 \begin_layout Standard
24100 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24101 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24106 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24107 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24108 Here an example where a
24109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24120 denotes the set of numbers:
24121 \begin_inset Formula \[
24122 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24129 \begin_layout Standard
24130 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24141 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24145 \begin_inset Newline newline
24148 So better don't use this feature.
24151 \begin_layout Standard
24152 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24153 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24157 \begin_inset Newline newline
24160 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24166 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24167 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24173 \begin_layout Standard
24180 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24183 \begin_layout Standard
24184 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24187 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24189 \begin_inset space ~
24197 \begin_layout Subsection
24202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24211 \begin_layout Standard
24212 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24214 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24218 \begin_inset space ~
24222 \begin_inset space ~
24230 \begin_inset space ~
24236 \begin_inset Graphics
24237 filename ../images/math/font.png
24241 (alternatively the shortcut
24244 \begin_inset space ~
24250 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24251 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24252 Here is an example:
24253 \begin_inset Formula \[
24255 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24256 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24263 \begin_layout Subsection
24268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24279 automatically chosen in most situations.
24297 For most characters,
24305 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24306 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24311 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24312 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24313 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24314 \begin_inset Graphics
24315 filename ../images/math/style.png
24320 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24321 For example, you can set
24322 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24325 , which is normally in
24334 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24338 The four styles are used in the following example:
24341 \begin_layout Standard
24342 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24346 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24350 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24354 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24360 \begin_layout Standard
24361 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24362 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24364 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24366 \begin_inset space ~
24371 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24372 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24373 will be adjusted to correspond.
24374 As example a formula in the font size
24375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24385 \begin_layout Standard
24389 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24395 \begin_layout Section
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24401 the document classes and into layout modules.
24405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24411 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24412 other than the AMS classes.
24414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24416 reference "sub:Modules"
24420 for more on layout modules.
24423 \begin_layout Section
24428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24447 \begin_layout Standard
24448 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24449 (AMS) that are in common use.
24452 \begin_layout Subsection
24453 Enabling AMS-Support
24456 \begin_layout Standard
24457 Selecting the checkbox
24460 \begin_inset space ~
24464 \begin_inset space ~
24468 \begin_inset space ~
24475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24483 Document ! Settings
24491 \begin_inset space ~
24496 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24498 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24499 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24502 \begin_layout Subsection
24504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24506 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24515 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24523 \begin_layout Standard
24524 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24525 LyX allows you to choose between
24546 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24549 \begin_layout Chapter
24553 \begin_layout Section
24558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24567 name "sec:Cross-References"
24574 \begin_layout Standard
24575 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24576 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24578 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24579 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24580 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24583 \begin_layout Enumerate
24587 \begin_layout Enumerate
24588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24590 name "enu:Second-item"
24597 \begin_layout Enumerate
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24602 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24607 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24608 \begin_inset Graphics
24609 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24615 A grey label box like this:
24616 \begin_inset Graphics
24617 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24622 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24623 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24658 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24659 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24674 \begin_layout Standard
24675 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24677 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24680 or the toolbar button
24681 \begin_inset Graphics
24682 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24688 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24689 \begin_inset Graphics
24690 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24695 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24697 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24710 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24712 Here is our cross-reference:
24715 \begin_layout Standard
24717 \begin_inset space ~
24721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24723 reference "enu:Second-item"
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24731 It is recommended to use a protected space
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24736 described in section
24737 \begin_inset space ~
24741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24743 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24752 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24760 \begin_layout Description
24761 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24764 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24771 \begin_layout Description
24772 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24773 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24785 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24792 \begin_layout Description
24793 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24794 \begin_inset space ~
24798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24799 LatexCommand pageref
24800 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24807 \begin_layout Description
24809 \begin_inset space ~
24813 \begin_inset space ~
24816 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24818 LatexCommand vpageref
24819 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24826 \begin_layout Description
24828 \begin_inset space ~
24832 \begin_inset space ~
24836 \begin_inset space ~
24839 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24843 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24850 \begin_layout Description
24852 \begin_inset space ~
24855 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24856 \begin_inset Newline newline
24860 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24868 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24877 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24892 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24916 \begin_layout Standard
24917 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24918 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24919 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24923 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24927 \begin_layout Standard
24928 You can only use the style
24932 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24936 is always possible.
24939 \begin_layout Standard
24940 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24941 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24942 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24943 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24944 \begin_inset space ~
24948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24950 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24957 \begin_layout Standard
24961 \begin_inset space ~
24965 \begin_inset space ~
24970 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24971 The button text changes then to
24974 \begin_inset space ~
24979 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24980 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24981 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24986 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24987 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24988 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24992 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24993 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24996 \begin_layout Standard
24997 References are described in detail in the
25004 \begin_layout Section
25005 Table of Contents and other Listings
25009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25035 \begin_layout Subsection
25037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25039 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25047 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25050 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25052 \begin_inset space ~
25056 \begin_inset space ~
25062 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25063 If you click on it, the
25067 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25068 sections in your documents.
25069 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25074 that is described in sec.
25075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25081 reference "sec:Navigating"
25088 \begin_layout Standard
25089 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25090 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25092 \begin_inset space ~
25096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25098 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25102 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25104 \begin_inset space ~
25108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25110 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25114 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25116 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25119 \begin_layout Subsection
25120 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25123 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25130 \begin_layout Standard
25131 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25132 You can insert them via the
25134 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25136 \begin_inset space ~
25140 \begin_inset space ~
25146 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25149 \begin_layout Section
25150 URLs and Hyperlinks
25154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25180 \begin_layout Subsection
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25185 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25195 \begin_inset Flex URL
25198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25208 \begin_layout Standard
25209 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25215 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25219 \begin_layout Standard
25220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25228 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25236 \begin_layout Subsection
25240 \begin_layout Standard
25241 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25246 or with the toolbar button
25247 \begin_inset Graphics
25248 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25249 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25254 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25263 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25264 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25267 name "LyX's homepage"
25268 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25272 , an Email address like this:
25273 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25275 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25276 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25281 , or a link to a file.
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25298 to the link target.
25301 \begin_layout Standard
25302 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25303 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25304 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25305 the text style dialog.
25306 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25310 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25312 name "LyX's homepage"
25313 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25325 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25327 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25328 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25332 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25334 \begin_inset Newline newline
25342 \begin_inset Newline newline
25349 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25352 \begin_layout Section
25357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25366 name "sec:Appendices"
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 Appendices are created with the menu
25376 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25378 \begin_inset space ~
25382 \begin_inset space ~
25388 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25389 as appendix region.
25390 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25393 \begin_layout Standard
25394 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25395 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25396 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25397 and the subsection number.
25398 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25404 \begin_inset space ~
25408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25410 reference "cha:Credits"
25415 \begin_inset space ~
25419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25421 reference "sub:Export"
25428 \begin_layout Section
25433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25442 name "sec:Bibliography"
25449 \begin_layout Standard
25450 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25451 You can include a bibliography database
25455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25456 Known under the name
25457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25469 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25471 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25475 , described in section
25476 \begin_inset space ~
25480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25482 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25494 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25496 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25505 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25507 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25516 , a short form of its title, as key.
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25520 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25525 or the toolbar button
25526 \begin_inset Graphics
25527 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25528 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25533 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25534 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25535 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25536 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25541 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25542 with surrounding brackets.
25547 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25548 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25563 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25566 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25568 key "latexcompanion"
25575 \begin_layout Standard
25576 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25577 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25586 \begin_layout Subsection
25587 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25592 Bibliography ! Databases
25601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25602 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25610 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25618 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25620 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25622 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25623 your working field in a database.
25624 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25625 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25629 The database is a text file with the file extension
25630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25641 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25642 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25643 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25645 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25650 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25652 \begin_inset Newline newline
25656 \begin_inset Flex URL
25659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25661 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25667 \begin_inset Newline newline
25670 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 To use a database, use the menu
25676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25681 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25694 \begin_inset space ~
25700 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25701 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25704 \begin_layout Standard
25705 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25717 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25718 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25719 take care of the layout.
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25723 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25727 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25733 \begin_layout Standard
25734 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25736 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25770 \begin_inset space ~
25776 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25785 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25793 the two methods of creating them.
25794 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25795 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25796 We used the style file
25800 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25803 \begin_layout Subsection
25804 Bibliography layout
25808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25809 Bibliography ! Layout
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25818 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25819 For this feature you need to use the option
25825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25833 Document ! Settings
25843 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25844 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25845 in the previous section.
25848 \begin_layout Standard
25849 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25850 in the citation reference window.
25851 Here an example where we set the text
25852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25856 \begin_inset space ~
25860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25863 to appear after the reference:
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25868 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25871 key "latexcompanion"
25878 \begin_layout Section
25883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25899 \begin_layout Standard
25900 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25902 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25904 \begin_inset space ~
25909 or the toolbar button
25910 \begin_inset Graphics
25911 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25912 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25929 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25930 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25931 by LyX as index entry.
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25935 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25936 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25938 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25940 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25948 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25952 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25954 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25956 \begin_inset space ~
25960 \begin_inset space ~
25963 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25965 \begin_inset space ~
25971 A light blue box labeled
25972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25983 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25984 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25987 \begin_layout Subsection
25988 Grouping Index Entries
25992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26004 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26005 lists under the entry
26006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26014 First we create the entry
26015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26023 \begin_inset space ~
26027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26029 reference "sub:Lists"
26034 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26035 \begin_inset space ~
26039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26041 reference "sec:Itemize"
26045 , we insert the command
26048 \begin_layout Standard
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26058 \begin_layout Standard
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26065 for the enumerated list in section
26066 \begin_inset space ~
26070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26072 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 The exclamation mark
26081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26088 marks the grouping levels.
26089 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26090 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26091 If we don't have an index entry for
26092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26099 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26102 \begin_layout Subsection
26107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26108 Index ! Page ranges
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26117 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26119 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26120 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26122 \begin_inset space ~
26126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26128 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26138 Paragraph environments|(
26141 \begin_layout Standard
26142 and another entry at the end of section
26143 \begin_inset space ~
26147 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26149 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26159 Paragraph environments|)
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26187 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26188 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26189 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26190 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26191 An example is the index entry
26192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26195 Document ! Settings
26196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26202 \begin_layout Subsection
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 Index ! Cross referencing
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26218 We referred for example in the index entry
26219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26227 \begin_inset space ~
26231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26233 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26237 ) to the index entry
26238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26245 in the same section using the entry
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26251 GIF|see{Image formats}
26254 \begin_layout Standard
26255 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26256 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26257 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26260 \begin_layout Subsection
26265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26266 Index ! Entry order
26274 \begin_layout Standard
26275 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26276 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26277 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26282 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26284 \begin_inset space ~
26288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26290 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26299 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26300 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26329 Dummy entries ! maïs
26338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26339 Dummy entries ! maître
26348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26349 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26354 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26355 order maïs, maison, maître.
26356 To achieve this, we use the command
26359 \begin_layout Standard
26362 previous entry@current entry
26365 \begin_layout Standard
26366 In our case we want to have
26367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26382 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26391 \begin_layout Standard
26392 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26393 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26397 \begin_layout Subsection
26402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26403 Index ! Entry layout
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26412 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26419 This is an italic dummy entry
26424 You can also format the page number using the character
26425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26432 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26433 We can write for example
26436 \begin_layout Standard
26439 italic page number:|textit
26442 \begin_layout Standard
26443 to get the page number in italic.
26447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26448 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26453 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26471 \begin_inset space ~
26477 Have a look at section
26478 \begin_inset space ~
26482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26484 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26488 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26492 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26500 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26504 to generate the index, see section
26505 \begin_inset space ~
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26511 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26520 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26521 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26523 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26526 key "latexcompanion"
26538 \begin_layout Standard
26539 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26541 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26542 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26543 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26544 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26545 If so, put the following in preamble
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26564 \begin_layout Standard
26570 \begin_layout Standard
26571 into the index entry.
26575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26576 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26581 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26582 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26583 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26593 \begin_inset space ~
26596 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26597 for all index entries.
26598 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26610 documentation for details,
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26613 key "makeindex,xindy"
26620 \begin_layout Subsection
26625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26634 name "sub:Index-Program"
26641 \begin_layout Standard
26642 When the index entry program
26646 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26647 generation, otherwise the program
26651 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26652 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26653 dialog, see section
26654 \begin_inset space ~
26658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26660 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26665 The available options are listed and explained in
26666 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26668 key "makeindex,xindy"
26673 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26676 \begin_layout Standard
26681 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26682 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26684 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26686 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26687 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26695 \begin_layout Section
26696 Nomenclature / Glossary
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26741 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26748 \begin_layout Standard
26749 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26750 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26755 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26764 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26770 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26771 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26777 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26780 \begin_layout Standard
26781 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26782 and then use the menu
26784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26790 \begin_inset space ~
26795 or the toolbar button
26796 \begin_inset Graphics
26797 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26798 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26815 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26818 \begin_layout Standard
26819 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26820 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26821 The second is the description of the symbol.
26824 \begin_layout Standard
26825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26833 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26841 \begin_layout Subsection
26842 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26847 Nomenclature ! Layout
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26860 field as LaTeX-formula.
26862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26866 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26874 \begin_inset Newline newline
26882 \begin_inset Newline newline
26888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26895 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26896 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26908 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26918 \begin_layout Standard
26919 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26920 \begin_inset space ~
26924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26926 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26933 \begin_layout Standard
26937 \begin_inset space ~
26942 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26943 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26948 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26955 in this document is:
26956 \begin_inset Newline newline
26961 dummy entry for the character
26966 \begin_inset Newline newline
26978 \begin_inset space ~
26988 font use the command
27017 \begin_layout Subsection
27018 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27023 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27033 the symbol definition.
27034 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27035 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27038 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27039 LatexCommand nomenclature
27041 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27048 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27052 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27053 LatexCommand nomenclature
27056 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27061 They will be sorted by
27062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27088 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27091 will be sorted before the
27095 since the character
27096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27103 is considered in sorting.
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27107 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27110 \begin_inset space ~
27115 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27116 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27118 For the given example, you can insert
27122 to this field for the
27123 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27130 will be located before
27131 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27138 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27152 \begin_layout Subsection
27153 Nomenclature Options
27157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27158 Nomenclature ! Options
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27171 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27172 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27175 \begin_layout Description
27176 refeq Appends the phrase
27177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27192 to every nomenclature entry, where
27198 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27201 \begin_layout Description
27202 refpage Appends the phrase
27203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27218 to every nomenclature entry, where
27224 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27227 \begin_layout Description
27228 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27232 There are furthermore the options
27276 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27280 \begin_layout Standard
27281 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27282 class options list in the
27284 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27288 In this document the options
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27300 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27307 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27308 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27313 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27316 \begin_layout Description
27326 \begin_layout Description
27329 nomrefpage Like the
27336 \begin_layout Description
27339 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27348 \begin_layout Description
27352 \begin_inset space ~
27358 \begin_inset space ~
27363 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27366 \begin_layout Subsection
27367 Printing the Nomenclature
27371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27372 Nomenclature ! Printing
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27381 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27385 \begin_inset space ~
27389 \begin_inset space ~
27392 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27396 A light blue box labeled
27397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27408 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27409 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27412 \begin_layout Standard
27413 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27422 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27430 For example, in order to change the name to
27434 , add the following line to the preamble:
27437 \begin_layout Standard
27445 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27448 \begin_layout Standard
27449 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27456 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27457 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27460 \begin_layout Standard
27468 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27474 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27475 \begin_inset space ~
27479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27481 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27486 The default value is 1
27487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27493 \begin_layout Section
27498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 Document ! Branches
27515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27517 name "sec:Branches"
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27526 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27527 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27528 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27532 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27533 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27534 To create a branch, go in the
27536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27544 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27545 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27549 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27550 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27555 where you can choose a branch.
27556 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27559 \begin_layout Standard
27560 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27561 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 \begin_inset Branch Question
27568 \begin_layout Standard
27569 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27582 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27590 \begin_layout Standard
27591 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27598 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27599 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27601 For example you can define for the question branch
27605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27606 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27607 \begin_inset space ~
27611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27613 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 and for the answer branch
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 \begin_inset Branch Question
27673 \begin_layout Standard
27677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27706 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27742 Now it is possible to use the commands
27746 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27753 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27756 to obtain conditional output.
27757 Here is an example formula where only the
27764 \begin_inset Formula \[
27765 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27774 \begin_inset space ~
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27780 reference "sec:math-macros"
27787 \begin_layout Section
27792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27806 dialog provides under
27810 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27811 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27820 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27833 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27834 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27835 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27837 You can specify in the dialog tab
27841 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27843 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27844 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27852 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27853 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27854 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27856 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27857 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27859 \begin_inset space ~
27862 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27863 \begin_inset space ~
27866 1 will only display the sections.
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27870 The header informations in the dialog tab
27874 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27875 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27880 \begin_inset space ~
27883 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27884 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27887 Automatic fill header
27889 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27890 title and author settings.
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27896 Load in fullscreen mode
27898 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27902 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27903 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27909 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27910 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27919 \begin_layout Section
27920 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27923 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27930 \begin_layout Subsection
27935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27944 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27951 \begin_layout Standard
27952 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27953 constructs, but not all.
27954 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27955 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27956 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27957 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27958 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27963 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27965 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27969 \begin_inset space ~
27974 or by the toolbar button
27975 \begin_inset Graphics
27976 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27981 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27985 \begin_layout Standard
27986 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27987 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27988 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27995 , you can write the command part
28001 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28005 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28006 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28007 the following example:
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28011 \begin_inset Graphics
28012 filename clipart/ERT.png
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28024 \begin_layout Standard
28025 This is a line with a
28029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28053 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28061 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28062 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28070 \begin_layout Subsection
28071 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28072 \begin_inset OptArg
28075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28094 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28101 \begin_layout Standard
28102 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28103 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28104 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28113 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28114 every time if you know the right commands.
28116 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28117 the end of the day.
28118 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28119 all caption labels bold.
28120 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28122 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28127 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28128 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28130 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28140 As result you know that the package
28148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28149 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28155 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28168 usepackage[options]{package name}
28171 \begin_layout Standard
28172 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28173 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28174 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 In your case the package name is
28183 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28188 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28189 So you add the command
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28197 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28206 For more commands provided by the
28210 package, have a look at its documentation,
28211 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28226 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28228 For example if you use a
28232 class, you don't need the package
28236 , you can instead write
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28244 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28250 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28251 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28252 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28259 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28262 \begin_layout Standard
28263 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28264 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28266 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28267 the previous section.
28270 \begin_layout Standard
28271 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28273 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28275 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28283 \begin_layout Section
28284 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28297 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28314 \begin_layout Standard
28315 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28316 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28317 to break your train of thought with
28319 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28327 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28336 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28341 as explained below, and turn on
28344 \begin_inset space ~
28351 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28357 \begin_inset space ~
28361 \begin_inset space ~
28364 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28370 \begin_layout Standard
28371 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28373 Previews of an already loaded document are
28377 generated just by selecting the
28380 \begin_inset space ~
28385 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28389 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28390 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28393 \begin_inset space ~
28398 check box in the insert dialog.
28399 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28404 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28408 (on some systems named simply
28413 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28415 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28421 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28422 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28430 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28434 \begin_layout Standard
28435 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28441 \begin_layout Standard
28442 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28446 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28448 \begin_inset space ~
28453 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28454 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28456 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28457 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28458 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28459 the source view window.
28462 \begin_layout Section
28464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28466 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28483 \begin_layout Standard
28484 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28485 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28502 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28508 can be seen as successor of
28512 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28517 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28518 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28526 \begin_layout Standard
28527 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28528 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28538 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28541 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28542 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28543 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28544 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28545 scrolled so that it is visible.
28550 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28552 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28556 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28557 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28560 \begin_layout Standard
28561 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28568 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28569 will bring an error message.
28570 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28571 specifying a different
28573 Alternative language
28575 in preferences dialog.
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28579 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28582 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28587 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28588 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28590 But you can use the
28593 \begin_inset space ~
28597 \begin_inset space ~
28605 \begin_layout Standard
28606 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28607 This does work with
28611 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28614 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28618 \begin_layout Standard
28623 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28626 \begin_layout Description
28628 \begin_inset space ~
28631 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28632 should consider, e.g.
28633 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28634 This should not normally be needed.
28637 \begin_layout Description
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28642 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28643 as your personal dictionary
28646 \begin_layout Description
28648 \begin_inset space ~
28652 \begin_inset space ~
28655 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28667 \begin_layout Description
28669 \begin_inset space ~
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28676 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28685 also for the spellchecker.
28689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28690 The encodings are explained in section
28691 \begin_inset space ~
28695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28697 reference "sub:Settings"
28706 Only enable this if you use
28710 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28711 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28712 so this is disabled by default.
28715 \begin_layout Section
28720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28729 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28744 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28747 or the toolbar button
28748 \begin_inset Graphics
28749 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28751 rotateOrigin center
28756 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28762 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28763 cases to find related words.
28766 \begin_layout Standard
28767 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28769 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28777 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28786 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28805 \begin_layout Section
28810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 Document ! Change Tracking
28827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28829 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28837 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28838 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28839 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28840 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28842 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28844 \begin_inset space ~
28847 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28849 \begin_inset space ~
28857 \begin_layout Standard
28858 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28867 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28870 \begin_inset space ~
28874 \begin_inset space ~
28887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28897 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28910 \begin_layout Standard
28911 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28917 \begin_layout Standard
28918 \begin_inset Graphics
28919 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28926 \begin_layout Standard
28927 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28939 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28945 \begin_layout Standard
28946 \begin_inset Tabular
28947 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28948 <features islongtable="true">
28949 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28950 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28951 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28956 \begin_inset Graphics
28957 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28958 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28959 rotateOrigin center
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28974 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28976 \begin_inset space ~
28979 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28981 \begin_inset space ~
28990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28995 \begin_inset Graphics
28996 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28998 rotateOrigin center
29007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29013 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29015 \begin_inset space ~
29018 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29020 \begin_inset space ~
29024 \begin_inset space ~
29028 \begin_inset space ~
29037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29042 \begin_inset Graphics
29043 filename ../images/change-next.png
29044 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29045 rotateOrigin center
29054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29058 Jumps to the next change
29064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29069 \begin_inset Graphics
29070 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29072 rotateOrigin center
29081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29089 \begin_inset space ~
29092 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29094 \begin_inset space ~
29103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29108 \begin_inset Graphics
29109 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29111 rotateOrigin center
29120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29128 \begin_inset space ~
29131 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29133 \begin_inset space ~
29142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29147 \begin_inset Graphics
29148 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29150 rotateOrigin center
29159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29167 \begin_inset space ~
29170 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29172 \begin_inset space ~
29181 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29186 \begin_inset Graphics
29187 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29188 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29189 rotateOrigin center
29198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29204 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29206 \begin_inset space ~
29209 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29211 \begin_inset space ~
29215 \begin_inset space ~
29224 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29229 \begin_inset Graphics
29230 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29231 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29232 rotateOrigin center
29241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29247 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29249 \begin_inset space ~
29252 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29254 \begin_inset space ~
29258 \begin_inset space ~
29267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29272 \begin_inset Graphics
29273 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29275 rotateOrigin center
29284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29291 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29293 \begin_inset space ~
29302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29307 \begin_inset Graphics
29308 filename ../images/note-next.png
29309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29310 rotateOrigin center
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29325 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29327 \begin_inset space ~
29343 \begin_layout Standard
29344 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29350 \begin_layout Standard
29351 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29352 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29353 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29354 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29355 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29356 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29357 step to the next change.
29358 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29361 \begin_layout Standard
29362 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29363 to describe a change.
29366 \begin_layout Standard
29367 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29376 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29382 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29383 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29389 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29392 \begin_layout Section
29393 International Support
29397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29398 International support
29406 \begin_layout Standard
29407 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29408 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29409 how to set up LyX to use them:
29410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29412 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29420 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29421 \begin_inset space ~
29425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29427 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29434 \begin_layout Subsection
29439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29450 Document ! Settings
29459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29460 Document ! Language
29468 \begin_layout Standard
29471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29474 dialog lets you set
29476 the language and character encoding for your language.
29480 \begin_layout Standard
29481 Choose your language in the
29485 section of this dialog.
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29498 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29502 use language's default encoding
29504 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29505 For details about the different encoding options see section
29506 \begin_inset space ~
29510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29512 reference "sub:Settings"
29519 \begin_layout Subsection
29520 Keyboard mapping configuration
29521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29523 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29530 \begin_layout Standard
29531 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29532 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29533 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29534 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29535 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29537 \begin_inset space ~
29541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29543 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29548 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29549 which one you want to use.
29552 \begin_layout Standard
29553 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29554 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29555 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29556 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29557 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29558 one to support the characters you want.
29559 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29566 \begin_layout Subsection
29568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29577 \begin_layout Standard
29579 \begin_inset space ~
29583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29585 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29594 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29598 \begin_layout Standard
29599 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29600 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29608 \begin_layout Itemize
29609 Even if you have selected
29615 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29618 dialog, users who have only the
29622 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29626 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29627 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29628 french quotes won't show up.
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29632 \begin_inset Float table
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 \begin_inset Caption
29640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29643 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 \begin_inset Tabular
29662 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29664 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29665 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29666 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29667 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29668 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29669 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29670 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29677 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 \begin_layout Standard
34094 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34096 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34097 also the characters from
34109 \begin_layout Itemize
34118 \begin_layout Standard
34119 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34120 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34126 \begin_layout Standard
34127 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34128 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34134 \begin_layout Standard
34135 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34143 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34144 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34152 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34158 \begin_layout Standard
34160 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34166 \begin_layout Standard
34168 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34175 \begin_layout Itemize
34188 \begin_layout Standard
34190 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34198 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34204 \begin_layout Standard
34206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34214 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34220 \begin_layout Standard
34222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34228 \begin_layout Standard
34230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34237 \begin_layout Standard
34238 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34239 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34240 Also make sure you're using the
34247 \begin_layout Chapter
34250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34252 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34259 \begin_layout Standard
34260 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34261 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34262 inside the user's guide.
34265 \begin_layout Section
34270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34279 \begin_layout Standard
34284 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34285 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34288 \begin_layout Subsection
34292 \begin_layout Standard
34293 Creates a new document.
34296 \begin_layout Subsection
34300 \begin_layout Standard
34301 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34302 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34303 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34306 \begin_layout Subsection
34310 \begin_layout Standard
34314 \begin_layout Subsection
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34319 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34320 Click there on a file to open it.
34323 \begin_layout Subsection
34327 \begin_layout Standard
34328 Closes the current document.
34331 \begin_layout Subsection
34335 \begin_layout Standard
34336 Saves the actual document.
34339 \begin_layout Subsection
34343 \begin_layout Standard
34344 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34347 \begin_layout Subsection
34351 \begin_layout Standard
34352 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34355 \begin_layout Subsection
34359 \begin_layout Standard
34360 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34361 It is described in the section
34363 Version Control in LyX
34368 \begin_inset space ~
34376 \begin_layout Subsection
34380 \begin_layout Standard
34381 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34382 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34383 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34386 \begin_layout Standard
34387 When using the menu
34390 \begin_inset space ~
34394 \begin_inset space ~
34399 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34400 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34401 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34402 will start a new paragraph.
34405 \begin_layout Subsection
34407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34416 \begin_layout Standard
34417 You can export your document to various file formats.
34418 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34419 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34420 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34423 \begin_layout Standard
34424 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34426 \begin_inset space ~
34430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34432 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34439 \begin_layout Description
34443 \begin_inset space ~
34448 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34449 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34452 \begin_layout Description
34460 \begin_layout Description
34461 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34465 \begin_layout Description
34467 \begin_inset space ~
34471 \begin_inset space ~
34474 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34478 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34486 \begin_layout Description
34493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34501 \begin_inset space ~
34506 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34507 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34511 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34514 \begin_layout Description
34521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34529 \begin_inset space ~
34534 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34535 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34543 \begin_layout Description
34545 \begin_inset space ~
34548 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34556 is replaced by the version number)
34559 \begin_layout Description
34560 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34573 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34577 \begin_layout Description
34582 PDF-format using the program
34587 \begin_layout Description
34591 \begin_inset space ~
34596 PDF-format using the program
34601 \begin_layout Description
34605 \begin_inset space ~
34610 PDF-format using the program
34615 \begin_layout Description
34619 \begin_inset space ~
34627 \begin_layout Description
34631 \begin_inset space ~
34635 \begin_inset space ~
34640 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34641 and then exported as text using the program
34646 \begin_layout Description
34651 PostScript format using the program
34656 \begin_layout Description
34664 \begin_layout Standard
34669 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34670 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34676 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34679 \begin_layout Standard
34680 If one of the menu entries
34687 \begin_inset space ~
34696 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34697 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34698 \begin_inset space ~
34702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34704 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34713 Reconfiguration of LyX
34721 \begin_layout Standard
34726 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34727 the export program.
34730 \begin_layout Subsection
34734 \begin_layout Standard
34735 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34736 or send it to a printer.
34737 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34738 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34744 For more informations have a look at section
34745 \begin_inset space ~
34749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34751 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34758 \begin_layout Subsection
34759 New and Close Window
34762 \begin_layout Standard
34763 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34764 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34767 \begin_layout Section
34772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34781 \begin_layout Subsection
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34786 Described in section
34787 \begin_inset space ~
34791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34793 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34800 \begin_layout Subsection
34801 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34804 \begin_layout Standard
34805 Described in section
34806 \begin_inset space ~
34810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34812 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34819 \begin_layout Subsection
34823 \begin_layout Standard
34824 Selects the whole document.
34827 \begin_layout Subsection
34831 \begin_layout Standard
34832 Described in section
34833 \begin_inset space ~
34837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34839 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34846 \begin_layout Subsection
34847 Move paragraph Up/Down
34850 \begin_layout Standard
34851 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34855 \begin_layout Subsection
34859 \begin_layout Standard
34860 Described in section
34861 \begin_inset space ~
34865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34867 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34874 \begin_layout Subsection
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34880 Paragraph ! Settings
34888 \begin_layout Standard
34889 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34891 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34894 \begin_layout Standard
34895 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34896 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34899 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34905 \begin_inset space ~
34913 \begin_layout Subsection
34917 \begin_layout Standard
34918 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34919 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34920 The properties of tables are described in section
34921 \begin_inset space ~
34925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34927 reference "sec:Tables"
34931 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34932 \begin_inset space ~
34936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34938 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34945 \begin_layout Subsection
34946 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34949 \begin_layout Standard
34950 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34952 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34953 \begin_inset space ~
34957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34959 reference "sec:Nesting"
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34973 \begin_layout Section
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34987 \begin_layout Standard
34992 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34993 document with an external program.
34994 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34995 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34996 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34997 \begin_inset space ~
35001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35003 reference "sub:Export"
35008 You should at least see the menu entries
35015 \begin_inset space ~
35021 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35022 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35023 \begin_inset space ~
35027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35029 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35038 Reconfiguration of LyX
35046 \begin_layout Standard
35047 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35048 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35049 \begin_inset space ~
35053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35055 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35060 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35063 \begin_layout Standard
35064 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35067 At the bottom of the
35071 menu the opened documents are listed.
35074 \begin_layout Subsection
35078 \begin_layout Standard
35079 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35094 \begin_layout Subsection
35098 \begin_layout Standard
35099 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35100 opening a new view window.
35103 \begin_layout Subsection
35105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35107 name "sub:Toolbars"
35115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35125 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35126 All toolbars and the
35129 \begin_inset space ~
35134 can be turned on and off.
35139 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35151 \begin_inset space ~
35160 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35164 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35171 \begin_layout Standard
35176 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35180 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35181 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35182 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35183 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35184 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35187 \begin_layout Standard
35188 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35195 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35202 \begin_layout Section
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35216 \begin_layout Subsection
35220 \begin_layout Standard
35221 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35222 \begin_inset space ~
35226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35228 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35235 \begin_layout Subsection
35237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35239 name "sub:Special-Character"
35246 \begin_layout Standard
35247 Here you can insert the following characters:
35250 \begin_layout Description
35251 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35255 \begin_layout Description
35257 \begin_inset space ~
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35264 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35278 \begin_layout Description
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35283 Quote Inserts this quote:
35284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35287 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35289 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35299 \begin_layout Description
35301 \begin_inset space ~
35304 Quote Inserts this quote:
35305 \begin_inset Quotes els
35311 \begin_layout Description
35313 \begin_inset space ~
35316 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35320 \begin_layout Description
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35340 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35345 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35346 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35347 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35356 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35362 \begin_inset Newline newline
35365 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35369 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35377 and this Wiki-page:
35378 \begin_inset Newline newline
35382 \begin_inset Flex URL
35385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35387 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35395 \begin_layout Subsection
35399 \begin_layout Standard
35400 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35403 \begin_layout Description
35404 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35405 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35411 \begin_layout Description
35412 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35413 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35419 \begin_layout Description
35421 \begin_inset space ~
35424 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35425 \begin_inset space ~
35429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35431 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35438 \begin_layout Description
35440 \begin_inset space ~
35443 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35444 \begin_inset space ~
35448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35450 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35457 \begin_layout Description
35459 \begin_inset space ~
35462 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35463 \begin_inset space ~
35467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35469 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35476 \begin_layout Description
35478 \begin_inset space ~
35481 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35488 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35495 \begin_layout Description
35497 \begin_inset space ~
35500 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35507 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35514 \begin_layout Description
35516 \begin_inset space ~
35519 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35520 \begin_inset space ~
35524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35526 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35533 \begin_layout Description
35535 \begin_inset space ~
35538 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35545 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35552 \begin_layout Description
35554 \begin_inset space ~
35557 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35564 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35571 \begin_layout Description
35573 \begin_inset space ~
35576 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35577 \begin_inset space ~
35581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35583 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35590 \begin_layout Description
35592 \begin_inset space ~
35595 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35596 \begin_inset space ~
35600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35602 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35609 \begin_layout Description
35611 \begin_inset space ~
35614 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35615 \begin_inset space ~
35619 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35621 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35628 \begin_layout Description
35630 \begin_inset space ~
35634 \begin_inset space ~
35637 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35638 \begin_inset space ~
35642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35644 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35651 \begin_layout Subsection
35655 \begin_layout Standard
35656 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35657 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35659 \begin_inset space ~
35663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35665 reference "sec:toc"
35670 The index list is described in section
35671 \begin_inset space ~
35675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35677 reference "sec:Index"
35681 , the nomenclature in section
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35688 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35692 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35693 \begin_inset space ~
35697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35699 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35706 \begin_layout Subsection
35710 \begin_layout Standard
35711 To insert floats, described in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sec:Floats"
35725 \begin_layout Subsection
35729 \begin_layout Standard
35730 To insert notes, described in section
35731 \begin_inset space ~
35735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35737 reference "sec:Notes"
35744 \begin_layout Subsection
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35750 \begin_inset space ~
35754 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35756 reference "sec:Branches"
35763 \begin_layout Subsection
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35777 \begin_layout Standard
35778 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35779 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35790 \begin_layout Subsection
35795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35804 \begin_layout Standard
35805 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35806 \begin_inset space ~
35810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35812 reference "sec:Minipages"
35817 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35828 \begin_layout Subsection
35832 \begin_layout Standard
35833 Inserts a citation as described in section
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35840 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35847 \begin_layout Subsection
35851 \begin_layout Standard
35852 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35853 \begin_inset space ~
35857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35859 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35866 \begin_layout Subsection
35870 \begin_layout Standard
35871 Inserts a label as described in section
35872 \begin_inset space ~
35876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35878 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35885 \begin_layout Subsection
35890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35901 Longtables ! Caption
35909 \begin_layout Standard
35910 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35911 Floats are described in section
35912 \begin_inset space ~
35916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35918 reference "sec:Floats"
35922 , cations in longtables are described in section
35933 \begin_layout Subsection
35937 \begin_layout Standard
35938 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35945 reference "sec:Index"
35952 \begin_layout Subsection
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35958 \begin_inset space ~
35962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35964 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35971 \begin_layout Subsection
35975 \begin_layout Standard
35977 Tables are described in section
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35984 reference "sec:Tables"
35991 \begin_layout Subsection
35995 \begin_layout Standard
35997 Graphics are described in section
35998 \begin_inset space ~
36002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36004 reference "sec:Graphics"
36011 \begin_layout Subsection
36015 \begin_layout Standard
36016 Inserts an URL box as described in section
36017 \begin_inset space ~
36021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36023 reference "sec:URL"
36030 \begin_layout Subsection
36034 \begin_layout Standard
36035 Inserts a footnote, see section
36036 \begin_inset space ~
36040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36042 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36049 \begin_layout Subsection
36053 \begin_layout Standard
36054 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36061 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36068 \begin_layout Subsection
36072 \begin_layout Standard
36073 Inserts a short title, see section
36074 \begin_inset space ~
36078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36080 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36087 \begin_layout Subsection
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36092 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36099 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36106 \begin_layout Subsection
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36121 Inserts a program listings box.
36122 Program listings are explained in chapter
36124 Program Code Listings
36133 \begin_layout Subsection
36137 \begin_layout Standard
36138 Inserts the actual date.
36139 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
36141 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36151 There the different methods are also compared.
36154 \begin_layout Section
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36169 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
36170 the current document.
36171 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36174 \begin_layout Standard
36175 The Navigate menu also offers to
36178 \begin_layout Subsection
36182 \begin_layout Standard
36183 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36184 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36187 \begin_inset space ~
36191 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36192 \begin_inset space ~
36195 2.5 and use the menu
36198 \begin_inset space ~
36202 \begin_inset space ~
36209 \begin_inset space ~
36215 \begin_inset space ~
36219 \begin_inset space ~
36225 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36237 \begin_layout Standard
36238 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36239 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36242 \begin_layout Subsection
36243 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36246 \begin_layout Standard
36247 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36251 \begin_layout Subsection
36255 \begin_layout Standard
36256 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36257 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36258 on a cross-reference box.
36261 \begin_layout Section
36266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36275 \begin_layout Subsection
36279 \begin_layout Standard
36280 Change Tracking is described in section
36281 \begin_inset space ~
36285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36287 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36294 \begin_layout Subsection
36299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36309 \begin_layout Standard
36310 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36312 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36315 \begin_layout Standard
36316 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36321 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36324 \begin_layout Subsection
36328 \begin_layout Standard
36329 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36336 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36343 \begin_layout Subsection
36344 Start Appendix Here
36347 \begin_layout Standard
36348 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36349 position as described in section
36350 \begin_inset space ~
36354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36356 reference "sec:Appendices"
36363 \begin_layout Subsection
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36368 Un/compresses the actual document.
36371 \begin_layout Subsection
36373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36375 name "sub:Settings"
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36384 Document ! Settings
36392 \begin_layout Standard
36393 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36395 You can save your document settings as default with the
36397 Save as Document Defaults
36399 button in the dialog.
36400 This will create a template named
36404 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36408 \begin_layout Standard
36409 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36412 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36418 Document classes are described in section
36419 \begin_inset space ~
36423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36425 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36430 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36435 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36436 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36439 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36443 \begin_layout Standard
36444 The document font settings are described in section
36445 \begin_inset space ~
36449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36451 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36458 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36462 \begin_layout Standard
36463 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36465 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36470 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36471 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36472 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36475 \begin_layout Standard
36476 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36484 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36488 \begin_layout Standard
36489 A description of this menu is given in section
36490 \begin_inset space ~
36494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36496 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36503 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36510 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36514 \begin_layout Standard
36515 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36522 reference "sub:Margins"
36529 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36535 Language ! Encoding
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36545 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36546 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36547 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36548 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36549 known for a particular character).
36553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36554 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36555 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36560 manual for details.
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36569 If you use the option
36571 use language's default encoding
36573 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36575 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36576 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36577 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36578 exactly one encoding.
36579 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36589 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36591 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36606 \begin_layout Standard
36607 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36608 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36609 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36610 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36611 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36612 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36615 use language's default encoding
36617 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36618 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36619 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36622 \begin_layout Standard
36623 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36626 \begin_layout Description
36628 \begin_inset space ~
36633 use language's default encoding
36635 , but the LaTeX-package
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36644 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36650 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36651 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36652 languages in TeX code.
36655 \begin_layout Description
36656 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36659 \begin_layout Description
36660 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36661 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36664 \begin_layout Description
36665 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36668 \begin_layout Description
36669 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36672 \begin_layout Description
36673 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36676 \begin_layout Description
36677 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36680 \begin_layout Description
36681 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36684 \begin_layout Description
36685 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36686 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36689 \begin_layout Description
36690 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36691 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36694 \begin_layout Description
36695 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36698 \begin_layout Description
36699 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36702 \begin_layout Description
36703 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36706 \begin_layout Description
36707 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36710 \begin_layout Description
36711 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36712 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36713 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36717 \begin_layout Description
36718 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36719 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36722 \begin_layout Description
36723 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36727 \begin_layout Description
36728 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36731 \begin_layout Description
36732 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36733 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36736 \begin_layout Description
36737 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36738 the euro currency sign, the
36742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36751 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36752 be the replacement for latin1
36755 \begin_layout Description
36756 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36759 \begin_layout Description
36760 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36775 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36779 \begin_layout Description
36780 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36789 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36794 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36797 \begin_layout Description
36798 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36807 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36812 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36815 \begin_layout Description
36816 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36820 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36829 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36830 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36844 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36848 \begin_layout Standard
36849 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36851 \begin_inset space ~
36855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36857 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36864 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36869 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36898 For a further description see section
36899 \begin_inset space ~
36903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36905 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36912 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36916 \begin_layout Standard
36917 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 LaTeX-packages ! esint
36945 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36948 \begin_layout Standard
36953 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36954 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36957 \begin_layout Standard
36962 is used for special integral characters.
36965 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36969 \begin_layout Standard
36970 The float placement options are described in section
36971 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36977 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36984 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36988 \begin_layout Standard
36989 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36990 The itemize environment is described in section
36991 \begin_inset space ~
36995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36997 reference "sec:Itemize"
37004 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 Branches are described in section
37010 \begin_inset space ~
37014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37016 reference "sec:Branches"
37023 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37038 \begin_layout Standard
37039 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37040 to define LaTeX-commands.
37041 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37042 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37046 \begin_layout Standard
37047 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37048 \begin_inset space ~
37052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37054 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37061 \begin_layout Section
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37075 \begin_layout Subsection
37079 \begin_layout Standard
37080 Spell checking is explained in section
37081 \begin_inset space ~
37085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37087 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37094 \begin_layout Subsection
37098 \begin_layout Standard
37099 The thesaurus is described in section
37100 \begin_inset space ~
37104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37106 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37113 \begin_layout Subsection
37118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 \begin_layout Standard
37128 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37132 \begin_layout Subsection
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37146 \begin_layout Standard
37147 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37150 \begin_layout Subsection
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37167 Reconfiguration of LyX
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37188 Reconfiguration of LyX
37196 \begin_layout Standard
37197 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37198 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37205 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37212 \begin_layout Subsection
37216 \begin_layout Standard
37217 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37224 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37231 \begin_layout Section
37236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 \begin_layout Standard
37246 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37254 \begin_inset space ~
37259 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37260 found by LyX (see also section
37261 \begin_inset space ~
37265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37267 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37274 \begin_layout Section
37276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37278 name "sec:Toolbars"
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37286 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37287 \begin_inset space ~
37291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37293 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37300 \begin_layout Standard
37301 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37302 This is described in the
37309 \begin_layout Subsection
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 \begin_layout Standard
37324 \begin_inset Graphics
37325 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37333 \begin_layout Standard
37334 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37340 \begin_layout Standard
37341 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37358 \begin_inset Note Note
37361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37367 manual for more information.
37375 \begin_layout Standard
37376 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37382 \begin_layout Standard
37383 \begin_inset Tabular
37384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37385 <features islongtable="true">
37386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 \begin_inset Graphics
37394 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37408 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37421 \begin_layout Standard
37422 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37428 \begin_layout Standard
37430 \begin_inset Tabular
37431 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37432 <features islongtable="true">
37433 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37434 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37435 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37442 \begin_inset Graphics
37443 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37471 \begin_inset Graphics
37472 filename ../images/file-open.png
37473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37488 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_inset Graphics
37501 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37529 \begin_inset Graphics
37530 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37546 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37553 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 \begin_inset Graphics
37559 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37560 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37575 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 \begin_inset Graphics
37588 filename ../images/undo.png
37589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37604 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37611 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 \begin_inset Graphics
37617 filename ../images/redo.png
37618 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37633 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37645 \begin_inset Graphics
37646 filename ../images/cut.png
37647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 \begin_inset Graphics
37675 filename ../images/copy.png
37676 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37691 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37698 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37703 \begin_inset Graphics
37704 filename ../images/paste.png
37705 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37720 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 \begin_inset Graphics
37733 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37734 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37735 rotateOrigin center
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37750 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 \begin_inset Graphics
37771 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37787 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37789 \begin_inset space ~
37800 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37805 \begin_inset Graphics
37806 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37807 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37822 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37824 \begin_inset space ~
37835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 \begin_inset Graphics
37841 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37842 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37855 Formats text using the current settings in the
37857 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37859 \begin_inset space ~
37870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37875 \begin_inset Graphics
37876 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37893 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37895 \begin_inset space ~
37904 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 \begin_inset Graphics
37910 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37911 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37912 rotateOrigin center
37921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37934 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 \begin_inset Graphics
37940 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37942 rotateOrigin center
37951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 \begin_inset Graphics
37970 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37972 rotateOrigin center
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 Toggle outline window on/off,
37987 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37994 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 \begin_inset Graphics
38000 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38001 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38002 rotateOrigin center
38011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38026 \begin_inset Graphics
38027 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38029 rotateOrigin center
38038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38042 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38055 \begin_layout Subsection
38060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 \begin_layout Standard
38070 \begin_inset Graphics
38071 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38079 \begin_layout Standard
38080 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38086 \begin_layout Standard
38087 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38091 \begin_layout Standard
38092 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38098 \begin_layout Standard
38099 \begin_inset Tabular
38100 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
38101 <features islongtable="true">
38102 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38103 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38109 \begin_inset Graphics
38110 filename ../images/layout.png
38111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38112 rotateOrigin center
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38136 \begin_inset Graphics
38137 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38138 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38139 rotateOrigin center
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38163 \begin_inset Graphics
38164 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38166 rotateOrigin center
38175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 \begin_inset Graphics
38191 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38192 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38193 rotateOrigin center
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38217 \begin_inset Graphics
38218 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38219 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38220 rotateOrigin center
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 \begin_inset Graphics
38245 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38247 rotateOrigin center
38256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38262 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38264 \begin_inset space ~
38268 \begin_inset space ~
38277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38282 \begin_inset Graphics
38283 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38285 rotateOrigin center
38294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38300 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38302 \begin_inset space ~
38306 \begin_inset space ~
38315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 \begin_inset Graphics
38321 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38338 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38350 \begin_inset Graphics
38351 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38352 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38368 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38380 \begin_inset Graphics
38381 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38409 \begin_inset Graphics
38410 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38411 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38433 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38438 \begin_inset Graphics
38439 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38440 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38455 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38467 \begin_inset Graphics
38468 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38469 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38486 \begin_inset space ~
38495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 \begin_inset Graphics
38501 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38519 \begin_inset space ~
38528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 \begin_inset Graphics
38534 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38562 \begin_inset Graphics
38563 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38565 rotateOrigin center
38574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38582 \begin_inset space ~
38591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38596 \begin_inset Graphics
38597 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 \begin_inset Graphics
38631 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 \begin_inset Graphics
38660 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38661 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38683 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38688 \begin_inset Graphics
38689 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38690 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38732 \begin_inset Graphics
38733 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38734 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38750 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38761 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38766 \begin_inset Graphics
38767 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38768 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38769 rotateOrigin center
38778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38784 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38795 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38800 \begin_inset Graphics
38801 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38802 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38803 rotateOrigin center
38812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38818 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38820 \begin_inset space ~
38829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38834 \begin_inset Graphics
38835 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38836 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38837 rotateOrigin center
38846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38866 \begin_layout Subsection
38867 View / Update Toolbar
38871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38872 Toolbar ! View / Update
38880 \begin_layout Standard
38881 \begin_inset Graphics
38882 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38890 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38896 \begin_layout Standard
38897 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38901 \begin_layout Standard
38902 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 \begin_inset Tabular
38910 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38911 <features islongtable="true">
38912 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38913 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 \begin_inset Graphics
38920 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38921 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38922 rotateOrigin center
38931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38937 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38944 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38949 \begin_inset Graphics
38950 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38951 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38952 rotateOrigin center
38961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38967 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38968 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38980 \begin_inset Graphics
38981 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38982 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38983 rotateOrigin center
38992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 \begin_inset Graphics
39011 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39012 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39013 rotateOrigin center
39022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39028 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39029 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39035 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
39036 functionality is merged with
39038 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39058 \begin_inset Graphics
39059 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39060 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39061 rotateOrigin center
39070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39076 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39088 \begin_inset Graphics
39089 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39090 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39091 rotateOrigin center
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39121 \begin_layout Subsection
39125 \begin_layout Standard
39126 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39133 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39137 , the table toolbar
39141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39147 is explained in the
39154 \begin_layout Chapter
39160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39162 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39179 \begin_layout Standard
39180 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39182 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39185 \begin_layout Section
39189 \begin_layout Subsection
39191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39202 Customization ! of toolbars
39211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39212 Customization ! of menus
39220 \begin_layout Standard
39221 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39229 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39238 User Interface File
39242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39243 Customization ! of toolbars
39252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39253 Customization ! of menus
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39263 interface (ui) file.
39264 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39265 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39274 Both files are loaded by the
39279 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39280 files and edit the entries.
39283 \begin_layout Standard
39284 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39296 entries must be ended with an explicit
39321 and in the case of the
39322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39334 The syntax for the entries is:
39337 \begin_layout Standard
39338 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39366 \begin_layout Standard
39368 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39371 All LyX-functions are listed in
39372 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39381 \begin_layout Standard
39382 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39388 \begin_layout Standard
39389 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39391 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39394 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39398 \begin_layout Standard
39399 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39404 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39407 \begin_layout Standard
39409 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39412 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39429 \begin_layout Standard
39430 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39431 Several binding files are available:
39434 \begin_layout Description
39435 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39438 \begin_layout Description
39439 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39450 \begin_layout Description
39451 mac.bind set of bindings for
39454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39462 \begin_layout Standard
39463 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39467 , and bind files for special languages.
39468 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39478 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39482 \begin_layout Standard
39483 Some bind-files, like
39487 , have only a small scope.
39488 When looking at the the end of the file
39492 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39495 \begin_layout Standard
39496 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39497 s with a text editor.
39498 The syntax of the entries is:
39501 \begin_layout Standard
39507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39525 \begin_layout Standard
39526 All LyX-functions are listed in
39527 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39540 \begin_layout Standard
39544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39548 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39551 restore window size, or use fixed size
39553 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39557 \begin_layout Standard
39561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39565 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39568 restore window position
39570 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39573 \begin_layout Standard
39576 Restore cursor positions
39578 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39582 \begin_layout Standard
39585 Load opened files from last session
39587 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39590 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39594 name "sub:Backup documents"
39602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39611 \begin_layout Standard
39616 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39619 \begin_layout Standard
39624 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39627 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39629 \begin_inset space ~
39637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39641 \begin_layout Standard
39644 Cursor follows scrollbar
39646 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39654 \begin_layout Standard
39657 Enable Pixmap Cache
39659 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39660 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39661 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39662 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39664 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39671 \begin_layout Subsection
39676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39685 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39692 \begin_layout Standard
39693 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39696 \begin_layout Standard
39697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39705 This section only deals with the fonts
39710 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39713 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39714 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39725 \begin_layout Standard
39726 By default, LyX uses
39730 as roman (serif) font,
39738 (depends on the system) as
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39757 \begin_layout Standard
39758 You can change the font size with the
39765 \begin_layout Standard
39770 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39771 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39776 points have the size of 1
39777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39787 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39794 \begin_layout Standard
39799 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39800 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39804 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39811 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39818 \begin_layout Subsection
39823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39842 \begin_layout Standard
39843 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39844 Choose an item in the list and use the
39851 \begin_layout Subsection
39856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39857 Settings ! Graphics
39865 \begin_layout Standard
39866 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39869 \begin_layout Standard
39874 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39875 This feature is described in section
39876 \begin_inset space ~
39880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39882 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39889 \begin_layout Subsection
39894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39905 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39913 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39920 \begin_layout Standard
39921 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39922 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39924 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39931 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39932 can use the keyboard map file named
39939 \begin_layout Standard
39940 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39948 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39956 \begin_layout Section
39961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 Settings ! Directory
39980 \begin_layout Description
39982 \begin_inset space ~
39985 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39986 It is the default when you
39997 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_layout Description
40007 \begin_inset space ~
40010 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40012 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40014 \begin_inset space ~
40018 \begin_inset space ~
40026 \begin_layout Description
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40041 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40042 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40043 \begin_inset space ~
40047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40049 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40057 will be used to save the backups.
40058 \begin_inset Newline newline
40061 The backup files have the ending
40062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40072 \begin_layout Description
40077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40084 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40085 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40086 \begin_inset Newline newline
40090 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40098 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40106 \begin_layout Description
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40111 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40114 \begin_layout Description
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40119 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40120 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40121 to find it on the system.
40122 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40123 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40132 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40133 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40137 \begin_layout Section
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40142 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40143 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40151 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40155 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40158 \begin_layout Section
40163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40164 Language ! Settings
40173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 Settings ! Language
40182 \begin_layout Subsection
40186 \begin_layout Description
40188 \begin_inset space ~
40191 language is the language used in new documents
40194 \begin_layout Description
40196 \begin_inset space ~
40199 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40201 The default is the LaTeX-command
40207 that loads the package
40215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40216 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40217 \begin_inset space ~
40221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40223 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40233 \begin_inset Newline newline
40240 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40241 the document language.
40242 A text label is for instance the word
40243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40250 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40253 \begin_layout Description
40255 \begin_inset space ~
40258 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40259 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40260 An example is the start command
40266 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40271 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40286 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40291 \begin_layout Description
40293 \begin_inset space ~
40301 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40302 command toggles the package on and off.
40305 \begin_layout Description
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40317 \begin_layout Description
40318 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40319 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40320 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40321 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40328 \begin_layout Description
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40333 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40335 When this option is not set, the
40338 \begin_inset space ~
40343 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40344 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40347 \begin_inset space ~
40355 \begin_layout Description
40357 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_inset space ~
40369 When it is not set, the
40372 \begin_inset space ~
40377 is set to the end of the document.
40380 \begin_layout Description
40382 \begin_inset space ~
40386 \begin_inset space ~
40389 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40390 language will be underlined blue.
40393 \begin_layout Description
40395 \begin_inset space ~
40399 \begin_inset space ~
40403 \begin_inset space ~
40407 \begin_inset space ~
40410 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40414 \begin_layout Subsection
40418 \begin_layout Standard
40419 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40426 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40433 \begin_layout Section
40437 \begin_layout Subsection
40439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40468 \begin_layout Description
40470 \begin_inset space ~
40473 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40474 The name will be used when the
40479 \begin_inset Newline newline
40483 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40491 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40500 \begin_layout Description
40502 \begin_inset space ~
40506 \begin_inset space ~
40510 \begin_inset space ~
40513 printer This option works only for the
40518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40530 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40531 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40534 \begin_layout Description
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40539 command is the command LyX
40540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40547 LaTeX uses for printing.
40548 The default is on most systems
40555 \begin_layout Description
40557 \begin_inset space ~
40561 \begin_inset space ~
40564 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40565 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40566 of the program that provides the
40573 \begin_layout Subsection
40578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 Settings ! Date format
40597 \begin_layout Standard
40598 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40599 \begin_inset Newline newline
40603 \begin_inset Flex URL
40606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40608 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40614 \begin_inset Newline newline
40617 For example the format
40618 \begin_inset Newline newline
40622 \begin_inset Newline newline
40625 prints the date as day/month/year.
40628 \begin_layout Subsection
40632 \begin_layout Description
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40638 \begin_inset space ~
40641 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40644 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40645 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40647 \begin_inset space ~
40653 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40657 \begin_layout Description
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40662 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40667 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40668 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40671 \begin_layout Subsection
40676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40686 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40703 \begin_layout Description
40708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40719 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40724 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40746 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40759 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40760 LyX sets up in the background.
40761 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40764 \begin_layout Description
40766 \begin_inset space ~
40770 \begin_inset space ~
40773 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40778 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40781 \begin_layout Description
40783 \begin_inset space ~
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40791 \begin_inset space ~
40795 \begin_inset space ~
40799 \begin_inset space ~
40803 \begin_inset space ~
40806 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40811 dialog when changing the document class.
40814 \begin_layout Standard
40817 External Applications
40819 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40820 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40821 manuals of the applications.
40822 Currently the following commands can be set:
40825 \begin_layout Description
40830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40838 \begin_inset space ~
40841 command Command for the program
40845 that is described in section
40856 \begin_layout Description
40861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40869 \begin_inset space ~
40872 command Command for the program
40876 that generates the bibliography, see section
40877 \begin_inset space ~
40881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40883 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40890 \begin_layout Description
40892 \begin_inset space ~
40895 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40896 \begin_inset space ~
40900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40902 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40909 \begin_layout Description
40911 \begin_inset space ~
40915 \begin_inset space ~
40919 \begin_inset space ~
40923 \begin_inset space ~
40926 options They only have an effect when the program
40930 is used as DVI-viewer.
40933 \begin_layout Subsection
40938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40957 \begin_layout Standard
40962 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40965 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40967 uses the Windows path style:
40970 \begin_layout Standard
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 instead of the Unix path style:
40982 \begin_layout Standard
40986 \begin_layout Section
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 \begin_layout Standard
41001 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41002 from one format to another.
41003 You can modify them or create new ones.
41004 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41011 \begin_inset space ~
41021 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41025 \begin_inset space ~
41030 drop-down list, modify the
41034 field, and press the
41041 \begin_layout Standard
41044 Converter File Cache
41046 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41049 Maximum Age (in days
41052 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41053 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41056 \begin_layout Standard
41057 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41058 the converter definition, is described in section
41069 \begin_layout Section
41074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41083 name "sec:File-Formats"
41090 \begin_layout Standard
41091 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41092 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41094 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41102 \begin_inset space ~
41114 \begin_layout Standard
41115 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41116 is described in section
41127 \begin_layout Section
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41141 \begin_layout Standard
41142 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41143 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41144 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41145 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41146 This is done by a Copier.
41149 \begin_layout Standard
41150 More about converters is described in section
41161 \begin_layout Chapter
41162 Units available in LyX
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41175 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41182 \begin_layout Standard
41183 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41186 reference "cap:Units"
41190 explains all units available in LyX.
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41194 \begin_inset Float table
41200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41201 \begin_inset Caption
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41204 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41227 \begin_inset Tabular
41228 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41327 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41382 scaled point (65536
41383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41443 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 % of original image width
41505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41712 \begin_layout Chapter
41714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41723 \begin_layout Standard
41724 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41725 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41728 \begin_layout Itemize
41731 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41734 \begin_layout Itemize
41740 \begin_layout Itemize
41746 \begin_layout Itemize
41752 \begin_layout Itemize
41758 \begin_layout Itemize
41764 \begin_layout Itemize
41770 \begin_layout Itemize
41776 \begin_layout Itemize
41779 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41782 \begin_layout Itemize
41788 \begin_layout Itemize
41794 \begin_layout Itemize
41800 \begin_layout Itemize
41806 \begin_layout Itemize
41812 \begin_layout Itemize
41818 \begin_layout Itemize
41824 \begin_layout Itemize
41830 \begin_layout Itemize
41832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41841 \begin_layout Standard
41842 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41845 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41852 \begin_layout Bibliography
41853 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41854 LatexCommand bibitem
41861 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41864 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41869 \begin_inset Newline newline
41873 \begin_inset Flex URL
41876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41878 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41886 \begin_layout Bibliography
41887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41888 LatexCommand bibitem
41889 key "latexcompanion"
41893 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41895 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41898 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41901 \begin_layout Bibliography
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41903 LatexCommand bibitem
41908 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41911 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41914 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41917 \begin_layout Bibliography
41918 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41919 LatexCommand bibitem
41926 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41929 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41932 \begin_layout Bibliography
41933 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41934 LatexCommand bibitem
41946 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41949 \begin_layout Bibliography
41950 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41951 LatexCommand bibitem
41957 \begin_inset Newline newline
41961 \begin_inset Flex URL
41964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41974 \begin_layout Bibliography
41975 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41976 LatexCommand bibitem
41982 \begin_inset Newline newline
41986 \begin_inset Flex URL
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41991 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41999 \begin_layout Bibliography
42000 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42001 LatexCommand bibitem
42007 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42009 name "Documentation"
42010 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42019 \begin_inset Newline newline
42023 \begin_inset Flex URL
42026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42028 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42036 \begin_layout Bibliography
42037 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42038 LatexCommand bibitem
42044 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42046 name "Documentation"
42047 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42056 \begin_inset Newline newline
42060 \begin_inset Flex URL
42063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42065 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42073 \begin_layout Bibliography
42074 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42075 LatexCommand bibitem
42081 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42083 name "Documentation"
42084 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42088 of the LaTeX-package
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42103 \begin_inset Newline newline
42107 \begin_inset Flex URL
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42112 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42120 \begin_layout Bibliography
42121 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42122 LatexCommand bibitem
42128 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42130 name "Documentation"
42131 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42135 of the LaTeX-package
42143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42150 \begin_inset Newline newline
42154 \begin_inset Flex URL
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42159 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42167 \begin_layout Bibliography
42168 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42169 LatexCommand bibitem
42177 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42179 name "Documentation"
42180 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42186 of the LaTeX-package
42194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42195 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42201 \begin_inset Newline newline
42205 \begin_inset Flex URL
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42218 \begin_layout Bibliography
42219 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42220 LatexCommand bibitem
42226 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42228 name "Documentation"
42229 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42233 of the LaTeX-package
42241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42242 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42248 \begin_inset Newline newline
42252 \begin_inset Flex URL
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42265 \begin_layout Bibliography
42266 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42267 LatexCommand bibitem
42273 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42275 name "Documentation"
42276 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42280 of the LaTeX-package
42288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42289 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42295 \begin_inset Newline newline
42299 \begin_inset Flex URL
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42304 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42312 \begin_layout Bibliography
42313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42314 LatexCommand bibitem
42320 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42322 name "Documentation"
42323 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42327 of the LaTeX-package
42335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42342 \begin_inset Newline newline
42346 \begin_inset Flex URL
42349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42351 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42359 \begin_layout Bibliography
42360 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42361 LatexCommand bibitem
42367 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42370 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42374 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42375 \begin_inset Newline newline
42379 \begin_inset Flex URL
42382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42384 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42392 \begin_layout Bibliography
42393 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42394 LatexCommand bibitem
42400 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42403 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42407 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42408 \begin_inset Newline newline
42412 \begin_inset Flex URL
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42417 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42425 \begin_layout Bibliography
42426 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42427 LatexCommand bibitem
42433 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42436 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42440 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42441 \begin_inset Newline newline
42445 \begin_inset Flex URL
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42450 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42458 \begin_layout Bibliography
42459 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42460 LatexCommand bibitem
42466 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42469 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42473 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42474 \begin_inset Newline newline
42478 \begin_inset Flex URL
42481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42483 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42491 \begin_layout Bibliography
42492 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42493 LatexCommand bibitem
42499 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42502 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42506 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42507 \begin_inset Newline newline
42511 \begin_inset Flex URL
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42516 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42524 \begin_layout Bibliography
42525 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42526 LatexCommand bibitem
42532 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42535 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42539 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42540 \begin_inset Newline newline
42544 \begin_inset Flex URL
42547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42557 \begin_layout Bibliography
42558 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42559 LatexCommand bibitem
42565 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42568 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42572 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42573 \begin_inset Newline newline
42577 \begin_inset Flex URL
42580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42582 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42590 \begin_layout Bibliography
42591 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42592 LatexCommand bibitem
42598 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42601 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42605 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42606 \begin_inset Newline newline
42610 \begin_inset Flex URL
42613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42615 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42623 \begin_layout Bibliography
42624 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42625 LatexCommand bibitem
42631 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42634 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42638 about new features in
42643 \begin_inset Newline newline
42647 \begin_inset Flex URL
42650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42652 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42660 \begin_layout Standard
42661 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42695 \begin_inset Note Note
42698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42706 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42707 bibliography is the second one:
42715 \begin_layout Standard
42716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42717 LatexCommand bibtex
42718 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42719 options "biblio/alphadin"
42726 \begin_layout Standard
42727 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42730 \begin_layout Standard
42733 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42734 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42739 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42740 LatexCommand printindex